Specifications for
Park Hall
ATHENS, GEORGIA
HVAC and Lighting Replacement
Construction Documents
PRIME CONSULTANT / MECHANICAL ENGINEER
Johnson, Spellman & Associates, Inc.
6991 Peachtree Industrial Blvd., #700
Norcross, GA 30092
(770) 447-4555
www.jsace.com
UGA PROJECT NUMBER 1310234
JSA PROJECT NUMBER 13JS11
January 10, 2014
UGU F & I HVAC & LIGHTING AT PARK HALL (BLDG. NO. 0056)
Index to Drawings
Page Number
C0 00
INDEX TO DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Contents (50 ttotal)
A2 00
A2 01
A3 00
A3 01
A3 02
TITLE
Title Sheet
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS
Overall Plans & Details
Expanded Plans, Sections, & Details
Ground Level Reflected Ceiling Plan
First Level Reflected Ceiling Plan
Second Level Reflected Ceiling Plan
S0 01
S1 00
S1 01
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
General Notes – Structural
1st & 2nd Floors Opening Plans & Details
Attic Floor Opening & Platform Framing Plans & Details
M0 00
MI 00
M1 01
M1 02
M1 03
M1 04
M 200
M2 01
M2 02
M2 03
M2 04
M3 00
M3 01
M3 02
M3 03
M3 04
M4 00
M5 00
M6 00
M6 01
M6 02
M7 00
M7 01
M8 01
M8 02
M8 03
M9 01
MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
HVAC Design Intent – General Notes & Legend
Ground Floor HVAC Demolition Plan
1st Floor HVAC Demolition Plan
2nd Floor HVAC Demolition Plan
Attic-Level HVAC Demolition Plan
New Park Hall Basement Level HVAC Demolition Plan
Ground Floor HVAC New Work Plan
1st Floor HVAC New Work Plan
2nd Floor HVAC New Work Plan
Attic-Level HVAC New Work Plan
Attic-Level New Equipment Access Plan
Ground Floor HVAC New Piping Work Plan
1st Floor HVAC New Piping Work Plan
2nd Floor HVAC New Piping Work Plan
Attic-Level HVAC New Piping Work Plan
New Park Hall Basement-Level HVAC New Piping Plan
HVAC Sections
HVAC Schematic
HVAC Details
HVAC Details
HVAC Details
HVAC Schedules
HVAC Schedules
HVAC DDC Points List & Sequence of Operations
HVAC DDC Points List & Sequence of Operations
HVAC DDC Points List & Sequence of Operations
Building Pressurization Schematic
E0 01
E1 00
E2 00
E2 01
E2 02
E2 03
E3 00
E3 01
E3 02
E3 03
E4 00
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
Symbols, Legend, Fixture Schedule & Notes
One-Line Diagram & Panel Schedules
Basement & Ground-Level Electrical Demolition Plan
1st-Level Electrical Demolition Plan
2nd-Level Electrical Demolition Plan
3rd-Level Electrical Demolition Plan
Basement & Ground-Level Power Plan
1st-Level Power Plan
2nd-Level Power Plan
3rd-Level Power Plan
Ground-Level Lighting Plan
FMD NO. 1310234
i
BID NO. 46214254
UGU F & I HVAC & LIGHTING AT PARK HALL (BLDG. NO. 0056)
E4 01
E4 02
E4 03
INDEX TO DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS
1st-Level Lighting Plan
2nd-Level Lighting Plan
3rd-Level Lighting Plan
Index to Specifications (200 pages)
Table of Contents
SECTION
NUMBER
TITLE
PAGES
011100
013300
013113
017329
017600
017700
General & Technical Specifications
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Summary of Work
Submittal Procedures
Project Coordination
Cutting & Patching
Protective Measures During Construction
Closeout Procedures
1
3
1
2
2
2
061000
062000
DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS, & COMPOSITES
Rough Carpentry
Finish Carpentry
5
5
082000
DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS
Doors & Hardware
7
092000
095110
DIVISION 09 – FINISHES
Gypsum Board Systems
Modular Ceilings
6
6
230010
230100
230500
231514
230520
230521
230523
230549
230553
230593
230700
230923
232000
232113
232114
232124
232125
232213
232214
232500
233100
233315
233400
233616
233713
DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATION, & AIR-CONDITIONING
General Provisions – HVAC
Operation & Maintenance of HVAC Systems
Common Work Results for HVAC
Variable Frequency Drives
Pressure Gauges & Valves
Temperature Gauges & Test Wells
HVAC Valves & Strainers
Vibration Isolation
Identification for HVAC Piping & Equipment
Testing, Balancing, & Adjusting
HVAC Insulation
Building Automation & Temperature Control System
Pipes, Fittings, & Accessories – HVAC
Hydronic Piping
Hydronic Specialties
Pumps – End Suction
Pumps – In-Line
Steam & Return Piping System
Heating Specialties - Steam
Water Treatment Systems
Ductwork
Fire, Smoke, & Combination Fire-Smoke Dampers
Fans
Variable Volume Terminals
Grilles, Registers, & Diffusers
5
3
8
5
1
2
3
2
4
4
7
8
5
3
2
3
2
3
4
2
7
2
3
2
2
FMD NO. 1310234
ii
BID NO. 46214254
UGU F & I HVAC & LIGHTING AT PARK HALL (BLDG. NO. 0056)
INDEX TO DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS
233714
234100
237300
237433
238219
238237
Louvers
Air Filters
Central Station Air Handlers
Dedicated Outdoor Air Unit
Fan Coil Unit
Miscellaneous Electric Heaters
2
2
6
4
3
2
260000
260500
260519
260533
260534
260553
260573
262400
262416
262700
262726
265000
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
General Electrical Provisions
Basic Materials & Methods
600 Volt Building Wire & Conduit
Conduit
Boxes
Electrical Identification
Protective Device Time-Current Coordination Study
New Overcurrent Devices in Existing Equipment
Branch Circuit Panelboards
Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment
Wiring Devices
Luminaires
6
5
5
7
3
3
1
2
3
5
3
7
283100
DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY
Fire Alarm System
5
END OF TOC
FMD NO. 1310234
iii
BID NO. 46214254
F & I HVAC & LIGHTING REPLACEMENT AT PARK HALL(BLDG. NO. 0056)
SUMMARY OF WORK
SECTION 011100
SECTION 011100
SUMMARY OF WORK
1
GENERAL
1.1
1.2
SCOPE OF WORK
A.
Work shall include all labor, materials, and equipment to upgrade the Furnish &
Install HVAC and Lighting at Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056), in accordance with these
specifications and accompanying drawings.
B.
Contractor shall note that work includes: Replacement of HVAC and lighting
throughout the East Wing.
C.
Contractor shall perform all requisite cutting and patching of existing surfaces and
building components to install required systems under this contract. All work shall
match existing conditions.
ALTERNATE BIDS
A.
There are no alternate bids applicable to this Contract.
2
PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
3
EXECUTION
(Not Used)
END OF SECTION 011100
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
F&I HVAC & LIGHTING AT PARK HALL (BLDG. NO. 0056)
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
SECTION 013300
SECTION 013300
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Submittal Procedures
B.
Construction Progress Schedules
C.
Proposed Products List
D.
Shop Drawings
E.
Product Data
F.
Samples
G.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions
H.
Manufacturers' Certificates
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
1.3
Section 017700 – Closeout Procedures Contract warranties, bonds, manufacturers'
certificates, and closeout submittals.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A.
Transmit each submittal with a transmittal form.
B.
Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a
sequential alphabetic suffix.
C.
Identify Project, Contractor, sub-contractor, or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number,
and specification section number, as appropriate.
D.
Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of Products
required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information, is in
accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents.
E.
Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and deliver to Design Professional at the
University of Georgia, Facilities Management Division. Coordinate submission of related
items.
F.
For each submittal for review, allow 10 working days excluding delivery time to and from the
contractor.
G.
Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be
detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.
H.
Provide space for Contractor and Design Professional review stamps.
I.
Revise and resubmit, identify all changes made since previous submission.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
F&I HVAC & LIGHTING AT PARK HALL (BLDG. NO. 0056)
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
SECTION 013300
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
J.
Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report
any inability to comply with provisions.
K.
Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES
A.
Submit initial schedule in duplicate within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed.
B.
Submit Balancing Plan prepared in collaboration with the TAB Contractor.
C.
Revise and resubmit as required.
D.
Submit revised schedules with each application for payment, identifying changes since
previous version.
E.
Submit a computer generated horizontal bar chart with separate line for each section of
Work, identifying first work day of each week.
PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST
A.
Within 15 working days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit list of major products
proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each
product.
B.
For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or
catalog designation, and reference standards.
SHOP DRAWINGS
A.
Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus two copies
which will be retained by Design Professional. Provide electronic copies with every submittal.
Electronic copies shall be marked up in the same manner as the hard/opaque copies.
B.
Standard Detail Drawings: Submit manufacturer's standard details for review. After review,
produce copies and distribute in accordance with the Submittal Procedures article above
and for record documents purposes described in Section 017700 – Closeout Procedures.
PRODUCT DATA
A.
Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be
retained by the Design Professional.
B.
Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement
manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project.
C.
After review, distribute in accordance with the Submittal Procedures article above and
provide copies for record documents described in Section 017700 – Closeout Procedures.
SAMPLES
A.
Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product, with
integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.
B.
Submit samples of finishes from the full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures,
and patterns for Design Professional selection.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
F&I HVAC & LIGHTING AT PARK HALL (BLDG. NO. 0056)
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
SECTION 013300
1.9
1.10
C.
Include identification on each sample with full Project information.
D.
Submit the number of samples specified in individual specification sections; one of which will
be retained by Design Professional.
E.
Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in individual specification
sections.
MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
A.
When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery,
storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, to Design Professional in
quantities specified for Product Data.
B.
Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special
environmental criteria required for application or installation.
MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATES
A.
When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by manufacturer to
Design Professional, in quantities specified for Product Data.
B.
Indicate material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit
supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.
C.
Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be
acceptable to Design Professional.
D.
Submit start-up check and testing certification by the manufacturer for all major equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 013300
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
PROJECT COORDINATION
Section 013113
SECTION 01 3113
PROJECT COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION:
Coordination: Coordinate various elements of the work and entities engaged to perform the work;
and coordinate the work with existing facilities/conditions, and with work by separate contractors
(if any) and the Owner.
1.2
1.3
1.4
SURVEY/RECORDING
A.
General: Working from established lines and levels at or near the project site, establish
and maintain dependable markers for lines and levels of the work. Calculate dimensions
and measure for layout of the work; do not scale the drawings. Record deviations (if any)
from drawing information on existing conditions and review with Engineer at time of
discovery.
B.
Installer Inspections: Require installer of each major unit of work to inspect substrate and
conditions of installation, and to report (in writing) unsatisfactory conditions.
C.
Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding. Inspect each product immediately
before installation. Do not install damaged or defective products, materials or equipment.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to extent that printed
information is more stringent than requirements contained directly in the contract
documents.
B.
Timing: Install work during time and under conditions which will assure best possible
results, coordinated with required inspections and testing.
C.
Anchor work securely in place, properly located by line and level, organized for best
possible uniformity, visual effect, operational efficiency, durability, and similar benefit to
Owner's use. Isolate non-compatible materials from contact, sufficiently to prevent
deterioration.
D.
Mount individual units of work at industry recognized heights, if not otherwise indicated;
refer uncertainties to Engineer before proceeding.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
General: Clean each element of work at time of installation. Provide sufficient maintenance and
protection during construction to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of
substantial completion.
END OF SECTION 013113
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
CUTTING AND PATCHING
Section 017329
SECTION 017329
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
GENERAL:
A.
Definition: "Cutting and patching" includes cutting into existing construction to provide for
the installation of or performance of other work and subsequent fitting and patching
required to restore surfaces to their original condition or patching and repair of surfaces
where equipment is removed or relocated.
B.
Refer to other sections of these specifications for specific cutting and patching
requirements and limitations applicable to individual units of work.
C.
Structural work: Do not cut and patch structural work in a manner resulting in a reduction
of the load carrying capacity or load/deflection ratio. Submit proposal and request and
obtain Engineer's approval before proceeding with cut and patch of structural work.
D.
Operational/Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operational elements and safety
components in a manner resulting in decreased performance, shortened useful life, or
increased maintenance. Submit proposals and requests and obtain Engineer's approvals
before proceeding with cut and patches.
E.
Visual/Quality Limitations: Do not cut and patch work exposed to view (interior or
exterior) in a manner resulting in a noticeable reduction in the esthetic qualities and
similar qualities, as judged by the Engineer.
F.
Limitations on approvals: Engineer's approval to proceed with cutting and patching does
not waive the right to later require removal/replacement of work found to be cut and
patched in an unsatisfactory manner as judged by the Architect/Engineer.
MATERIALS:
General: Use material for cutting and patching that is identical to existing materials. If identical
materials are not available, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the greatest
extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials for cutting and patching that will result
in equal-or-better performance characteristics.
1.3
EXECUTION:
A.
Inspection: Before cutting, examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under
which work is to be performed. If unsafe or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are
encountered, take corrective action before proceeding with the work.
B.
Temporary Support: To prevent failure, provide temporary support of work to be cut.
C.
Protection: Protect other work during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide
protection from adverse weather conditions for that part of the project that may be
exposed during cutting and patching operations.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
CUTTING AND PATCHING
Section 017329
D.
Take precautions not to cut piping, conduits or ducts serving the building and scheduled
to be relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.
E.
Cutting: Cut the work using methods that are least likely to damage work to be retained
or adjoining work.
F.
Where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and
grinding, not hammering or chopping. Cut through concrete and masonry with equipment
such as a carborundum saw or core drill. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with
minimum disturbance of adjacent work. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut
and drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings when work is not being performed.
G.
Patching: Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with
specified tolerances for the work.
H.
Restore exposed finishes of patched area and where necessary extend finish restoration
into adjoining work in a manner which will eliminate evidence of cutting or patching and
refinishing.
I.
Where existing equipment is removed, the area exposed shall be patched to match
existing.
END OF SECTION 017329
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
PROTECTIVE MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION
Section 017600
SECTION 017600
PROTECTIVE MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
WORK INCLUDED
A.
Provide and maintain suitable barriers to prevent access of unauthorized personnel into
designated work areas.
B.
Provide fire protection and prevention measures in work areas.
C.
Institute accident prevention procedures.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.2
1.3
1.4
Assume full responsibility for complying with and enforcing of all rules and
regulations of all Federal, State and Municipal authorities having jurisdiction
including those of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (P.L. 98-616),
Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Office of the State Fire Marshall, and the
local fire Marshall. OSHA requires a "Confined Space Program" which requires a
written entry procedure, monitor procedure, and extraction procedure.
The requirements outlined hereinafter are to be considered as minimal, and where
the requirements of any of the above authorities having jurisdiction conflict with the
requirements of this section, the maximum condition shall prevail.
Any items damaged due to failure to comply with these requirements shall be
corrected or replaced, to the satisfaction of the Owner without cost to the Owner.
Assume full responsibility for enforcing compliance with any protective measures
indicated in specific sections of the Work.
BARRICADES
A.
Materials at Contractor's option, appropriate for purpose.
B.
Barricades with warning flashers (for night use), warning tape and signs (for day use), and
fencing shall be installed around all open excavations. Add special emphasis on proper
signage at sites: "KEEP OUT - AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY".
STEEL TRAFFIC PLATES
A.
Capable of Safety Supporting HS20-44 Truck Loads.
B.
Contractor shall provide steel traffic plates when excavating in traffic areas.
FIRE PROTECTION
A.
Contractor shall take all precautions to eliminate possible fire or explosion hazards at the
site, including, but not limited to, enforcing the following requirements:
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.5
PROTECTIVE MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION
Section 017600
Any fuels, sludges, etc. removed from the fuel storage tanks shall be stored,
handled, and maintained in accordance with the most recent edition of the Uniform
Fire Code and publications developed by the American Petroleum Institute and the
National Fire Protection Association, and local, state, or federal regulations,
whichever supersedes.
All combustible material shall be removed from the site storage areas on a daily
basis; including oil rags, empty solvent or paint containers, etc.
All tarpaulin or other covers for stored materials, shall be flameproof.
Solvents, paints, thinners, coatings, or other highly flammable materials, shall be
stored only in well-ventilated areas, and all mixing and preparation shall be
restricted to such areas. All such materials shall be handled in accordance with
safe practice and the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.
Containers containing flammable or combustible materials shall remain capped or
closed at all times, unless in immediate use.
No open fires on the site. Smoking is prohibited on site, except in areas
designated by the Owner.
Avoid storage of large quantities of flammable or combustible materials at the site.
Gasoline may not be stored in any quantity on the site during any stage of
construction.
B.
Provide and maintain at least one fire extinguisher station on the site, in a designated
location within the Contract Limits. Additional fire extinguishers shall be furnished in each
enclosed area used as a storeroom. Each fire extinguisher station shall be located so as to
be easily accessible while providing minimum interferences with operations, and shall
contain one standard UL listed, 10 pound: ABC rated carbon-dioxide unit. Contractor shall
check units frequently to maintain in operable condition.
C.
Welding and flame cutting will be allowed only upon authority of the Owner. All such
equipment when used shall be kept in a safe and functional condition and be of a type
which will minimize hazards. Great care must be exercised in the use of the tools near
adjacent properties.
ACCIDENT PREVENTION AND PROCEDURES
A.
Site safety will be the Contractor's responsibility.
1.
2.
Safety responsibility will include the supply and use of approved and personal
protection equipment, fire extinguishers, combustible gas/oxygen indicators,
storage of hazardous materials, and other safety equipment required to complete
the Work.
All safety equipment will be stored in a designated storage area, and will be
maintained in proper working order.
B.
Promptly report in writing to the Owner and the Engineer all accidents which cause death,
personal injury, or property damages, arising out of or in connection with the performance
of the work whether on or adjacent to the site. Where death or serious injuries or serious
damages are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or
messenger to the Owner.
C.
If any claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any subcontractor on account of
any accident, promptly report the facts in writing to the Owner giving full details of the claim.
END OF SECTION 017600
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
R O U GH CARPENTRY
Section 06 10 00
SECTION 06 10 00
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1
1.01
GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A. Non - Structural W ood Fram ing.
B. Existing Structural Fram ing Supplem ents.
1.02
RELATED W ORK
A. Dem olition.
B. Concrete.
C. Finish Carpentry .
D. Door(s) & Hardware.
E. Gypsum Board System (s).
1.03
ALLOW ANCE(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.04
ALTERNATE(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.05
CONDENSED DESCRIPTION(S)
A. W ooden Attic Access - Equipt Service Stairs
B. Miscellaneous Carpentry associated with door installations.
C. Miscellaneous Carpentry associated with GpDw System (s).
1.06
SUBM ITTAL(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Shop Drawing(s): Railings .
C. Product Data: Anchors .
D. Sam ple(s): Reserved
FMD NO. 1310234
1
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
R O U GH CARPENTRY
Section 06 10 00
E. Previous Test Report(s): Reserved
F.
Certification(s): Reserved
G. Supplem ental W arranty(ies) or Bond(s) : Reserved
H. Project Closeout: See Article 1.11.
1.07
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Qualification(s): Reserved
C. Regulatory Requirem ent(s):
1.
Lum ber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC.
2.
Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA.
3.
Lum ber Grading Rules: NFPA. RIS. SPIB. W CLIB. W W PA.
D. Mock Up(s): Reserved
E. Preinstallation Conference(s): Reserved
F.
1.08
Observation(s)/Testing(s): Reserved
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.09
PROJECT/SITE CONDITION(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.10
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.11
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Subm ittal(s): Reserved
C. Service(s)/Dem onstration(s): Reserved
FMD NO. 1310234
2
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
PART 2
2.01
R O U GH CARPENTRY
Section 06 10 00
PRODUCT(S)
M ANUFACTURER(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
2.02
M ATERIAL(S)
A. Fram ing & Blocking Lum ber: No. 2 Southern Pine species, stud/ fram ing grade, 2" to 4" thick, 4" - 12"
wide size classification, 19 percent m axim um m oisture content.
B. Plates/ nailers: W ood preservative treated Fram ing Lum ber per AW PA Treatm ent C2 using water
borne preservative with 0.30 percent retainage.
C. Light Gauge Metal Fram ing: See Division 09.
D. Form work Lum ber: Reserved
E. Floor Sheathing: APA Structural Grade II. A-C finished faces (sm ooth exposed face) . Min. 1" thickness
at single layer applications .
F.
Roof Sheathing: Reserved
G. W all Sheathing: Reserved
H. EIFS substrate: Reserved
I.
2.03
COM PONENT(S)
A.
2.04
Ratings: Treat m aterials for fire ratings where required.
Reserved
ACCESSORY(IES)
A. Com ply with any specific anchorage notations shown on drawings.
B. Basic Fasteners (Nails, Screws, Bolts, Hangers and Clips): Hot dipped galvanized ASTM A-36 steel for
any exterior, high hum idity and treated wood locations; plain finish elsewhere.
C. Bolts: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow m asonry . Expansion shield type for anchorage to solid
m asonry or concrete. Lag Bolts for wooden m em bers exceeding 2" thickness.
D. Sheathing Screws: Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, length, three tim es thickness of
sheathing.
E. Specialized Fasteners: See applicable specifications section for any application such as ballistic
fastening of wooden m em bers - or obtain designer’s approval of sam e prior to use.
F.
Vapor Barrier/ Underlaym ent:
1.
Sheet: ANSI/ASTM D226, No. 30 (150kg/sg. m .) Asphalt saturated reinforced felt.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
2.
2.05
R O U GH CARPENTRY
Section 06 10 00
Sealants: See Division 07.
FABRICATION(S)
A. Bent Plate Brackets: ASTM A-36 steel fabricated to description(s) shown on drawings.
B. Handrails: 1 ½ " profile EMT grade galvanized steel conduit bent to parallel stair profiles with welded
elbow / ground sm ooth end returns to a pre-m anufactured circular wall anchor bracket. Anchor securely
at m ax. 8 Ft. on center via sim ilar EMT stub & circular bracket. Cold Galvanize all welds.
C. Guardrails: W ood Fram ed top & bottom with ½" EMT grade galvanized steel conduit spindles recessed
into wooden m em bers a m in 3/4" at m ax 4" on center.
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
EXAM INATION AND COORDINATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
3.02
PREPARATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
3.03
ERECTION
A. Fram ing Mem bers:
1.
Erect and fasten securely all fram ing m em bers in accordance with Latest Edition Building Code.
2.
Erect level, plum b and/or to specific incline angles noted . Place horizontal m em bers crown side up.
3.
Fram e double headers at openings and support with additional stud at each side.
4.
Use hangers where secure through nailing is not possible.
5.
Bridge fram ing in excess of 8 ft. (240 cm ) span.
B. Other: Note special erection requirem ents of any hybrid m aterials .
3.04
INSTALLATION
A. Plywood Sheathing: Place and secure all sheathing perpendicular to fram ing. Offset joints a m inim um
of 2 fram ing elem ents. W here sheathing is acting as backer to other finishes, place and secure in
coordination with such m aterials requirem ents. Reinforce all openings with headers, jack studs etc.
W hen part of building’s exterior, com pletely cover sheathing with vapor barrier m em brane/. Place with
laps and anchorage sufficient to m aintain continuous vapor seal of exterior building envelope. Seal all
penetrations/ edges.
B. Plywood Backboards: Place and secure plywood backboards to substrate.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
Coordinate size with
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
R O U GH CARPENTRY
Section 06 10 00
appurtenances used. Place fire rated plywood as required.
C. Roofing Substrate: See applicable roofing specs.
D. EIFS substrate: See applicable EIFS specs.
3.05
APPLICATION
A. Reserved
3.06
IM PLEM ENTATION
A. Reserved
3.07
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Observation(s)/Testing(s): Reserved
C. Inspection(s)/Observation(s): Reserved
D. Manufacturer's Service(s): Reserved
E. Startup and Adjusting: Reserved
F.
3.08
Cleaning and Protection: Reserved
SCHEDULE(S)
A. Reserved
End of Section
FMD NO. 1310234
5
Bid No. 46214254
F&I HVAC & LIGHTING AT PARK HALL (BLDG. NO. 0056)
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
SECTION 017700
SECTION 017700
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Final cleaning
B.
Adjusting
C.
Project record documents
D.
Warranties
FINAL CLEANING
A.
Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment.
B.
Clean exterior glass, surfaces stained during work under this contract.
C.
Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site.
ADJUSTING
A.
1.4
Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the
Work:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Drawings
Specifications
Addenda
Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract
Reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting
B.
Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner.
C.
Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.
D.
Record information concurrent with construction progress.
E.
Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual
Products installed, including the following:
1.
2.
3.
FMD NO. 1310234
Manufacturer's name and product model and number
Product substitutions or alternates utilized
Changes made by Addenda and modifications
1
BID NO. 46214254
F&I HVAC & LIGHTING AT PARK HALL (BLDG. NO. 0056)
F.
Record Documents and Shop Drawings:
construction including:
1.
1.5
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
SECTION 017700
Legibly mark each item to record actual
Details not on original Contract drawings.
WARRANTIES
A.
Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents from sub-contractors, suppliers, and
manufacturers.
B.
Submit prior to final Application for Payment.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 – EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 017700
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
R O U GH CARPENTRY
Section 06 10 00
SECTION 06 10 00
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1
1.01
GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A. Non - Structural W ood Fram ing.
B. Existing Structural Fram ing Supplem ents.
1.02
RELATED W ORK
A. Dem olition.
B. Concrete.
C. Finish Carpentry .
D. Door(s) & Hardware.
E. Gypsum Board System (s).
1.03
ALLOW ANCE(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.04
ALTERNATE(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.05
CONDENSED DESCRIPTION(S)
A. W ooden Attic Access - Equipt Service Stairs
B. Miscellaneous Carpentry associated with door installations.
C. Miscellaneous Carpentry associated with GpDw System (s).
1.06
SUBM ITTAL(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Shop Drawing(s): Railings .
C. Product Data: Anchors .
D. Sam ple(s): Reserved
FMD NO. 1310234
1
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
R O U GH CARPENTRY
Section 06 10 00
E. Previous Test Report(s): Reserved
F.
Certification(s): Reserved
G. Supplem ental W arranty(ies) or Bond(s) : Reserved
H. Project Closeout: See Article 1.11.
1.07
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Qualification(s): Reserved
C. Regulatory Requirem ent(s):
1.
Lum ber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC.
2.
Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA.
3.
Lum ber Grading Rules: NFPA. RIS. SPIB. W CLIB. W W PA.
D. Mock Up(s): Reserved
E. Preinstallation Conference(s): Reserved
F.
1.08
Observation(s)/Testing(s): Reserved
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.09
PROJECT/SITE CONDITION(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.10
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.11
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Subm ittal(s): Reserved
C. Service(s)/Dem onstration(s): Reserved
FMD NO. 1310234
2
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
PART 2
2.01
R O U GH CARPENTRY
Section 06 10 00
PRODUCT(S)
M ANUFACTURER(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
2.02
M ATERIAL(S)
A. Fram ing & Blocking Lum ber: No. 2 Southern Pine species, stud/ fram ing grade, 2" to 4" thick, 4" - 12"
wide size classification, 19 percent m axim um m oisture content.
B. Plates/ nailers: W ood preservative treated Fram ing Lum ber per AW PA Treatm ent C2 using water
borne preservative with 0.30 percent retainage.
C. Light Gauge Metal Fram ing: See Division 09.
D. Form work Lum ber: Reserved
E. Floor Sheathing: APA Structural Grade II. A-C finished faces (sm ooth exposed face) . Min. 1" thickness
at single layer applications .
F.
Roof Sheathing: Reserved
G. W all Sheathing: Reserved
H. EIFS substrate: Reserved
I.
2.03
COM PONENT(S)
A.
2.04
Ratings: Treat m aterials for fire ratings where required.
Reserved
ACCESSORY(IES)
A. Com ply with any specific anchorage notations shown on drawings.
B. Basic Fasteners (Nails, Screws, Bolts, Hangers and Clips): Hot dipped galvanized ASTM A-36 steel for
any exterior, high hum idity and treated wood locations; plain finish elsewhere.
C. Bolts: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow m asonry . Expansion shield type for anchorage to solid
m asonry or concrete. Lag Bolts for wooden m em bers exceeding 2" thickness.
D. Sheathing Screws: Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, length, three tim es thickness of
sheathing.
E. Specialized Fasteners: See applicable specifications section for any application such as ballistic
fastening of wooden m em bers - or obtain designer’s approval of sam e prior to use.
F.
Vapor Barrier/ Underlaym ent:
1.
Sheet: ANSI/ASTM D226, No. 30 (150kg/sg. m .) Asphalt saturated reinforced felt.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
2.
2.05
R O U GH CARPENTRY
Section 06 10 00
Sealants: See Division 07.
FABRICATION(S)
A. Bent Plate Brackets: ASTM A-36 steel fabricated to description(s) shown on drawings.
B. Handrails: 1 ½ " profile EMT grade galvanized steel conduit bent to parallel stair profiles with welded
elbow / ground sm ooth end returns to a pre-m anufactured circular wall anchor bracket. Anchor securely
at m ax. 8 Ft. on center via sim ilar EMT stub & circular bracket. Cold Galvanize all welds.
C. Guardrails: W ood Fram ed top & bottom with ½" EMT grade galvanized steel conduit spindles recessed
into wooden m em bers a m in 3/4" at m ax 4" on center.
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
EXAM INATION AND COORDINATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
3.02
PREPARATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
3.03
ERECTION
A. Fram ing Mem bers:
1.
Erect and fasten securely all fram ing m em bers in accordance with Latest Edition Building Code.
2.
Erect level, plum b and/or to specific incline angles noted . Place horizontal m em bers crown side up.
3.
Fram e double headers at openings and support with additional stud at each side.
4.
Use hangers where secure through nailing is not possible.
5.
Bridge fram ing in excess of 8 ft. (240 cm ) span.
B. Other: Note special erection requirem ents of any hybrid m aterials .
3.04
INSTALLATION
A. Plywood Sheathing: Place and secure all sheathing perpendicular to fram ing. Offset joints a m inim um
of 2 fram ing elem ents. W here sheathing is acting as backer to other finishes, place and secure in
coordination with such m aterials requirem ents. Reinforce all openings with headers, jack studs etc.
W hen part of building’s exterior, com pletely cover sheathing with vapor barrier m em brane/. Place with
laps and anchorage sufficient to m aintain continuous vapor seal of exterior building envelope. Seal all
penetrations/ edges.
B. Plywood Backboards: Place and secure plywood backboards to substrate.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
Coordinate size with
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
R O U GH CARPENTRY
Section 06 10 00
appurtenances used. Place fire rated plywood as required.
C. Roofing Substrate: See applicable roofing specs.
D. EIFS substrate: See applicable EIFS specs.
3.05
APPLICATION
A. Reserved
3.06
IM PLEM ENTATION
A. Reserved
3.07
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Observation(s)/Testing(s): Reserved
C. Inspection(s)/Observation(s): Reserved
D. Manufacturer's Service(s): Reserved
E. Startup and Adjusting: Reserved
F.
3.08
Cleaning and Protection: Reserved
SCHEDULE(S)
A. Reserved
End of Section
FMD NO. 1310234
5
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
F IN ISH CARPENTRY
Section 06 20 00
SECTION 06 20 00
FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1
1.01
GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A. W ooden and related trim .
B. Manufactured Unit(s) - None Noted - Any Cabinets by Owner
C. Miscellaneous related trade work.
1.02
RELATED SECTION(S)
A. Door(s).
B. Gypsum Drywall.
C. Painting.
1.03
ALLOW ANCE(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.04
ALTERNATE(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.05
CONDENSED DESCRIPTION(S)
A. Miscellaneous carpentry associated with m inor door and wall installations.
1.06
SUBM ITTAL(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Shop Drawing(s): Reserved
C. Product Data: Reserved
D. Sam ple(s): Reserved
E. Previous Test Report(s): Reserved
F.
Certification(s): Reserved
G. Supplem ental W arranty(ies) and/or Bond(s): Reserved
H. Project Closeout:
FMD NO. 1310234
See Article 1.11.
1
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
1.07
F IN ISH CARPENTRY
Section 06 20 00
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Qualification(s): Reserved
C. Regulatory Requirem ent(s):
1.
AW I: Am erican W oodwork Institute.
D. Mock Up(s): Reserved
E. Preinstallation Conference(s): Reserved
F.
1.08
Observation(s)/Testing(s): Reserved
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.09
PROJECT/SITE CONDITION(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Provide exterior grade treated m aterials when exposed to m oisture/weathering.
C. Coordinate required finish anchorage with work of other trades.
D. Coordinate new trim profiles and finishes to m atch existing .
1.10
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.11
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Subm ittal(s): Reserved
C. Service(s)/Dem onstration(s): Reserved
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCT(S)
M ANUFACTURER(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
2.02
F IN ISH CARPENTRY
Section 06 20 00
M ATERIAL(S)
A. Lum ber:
1.
Hardwood Lum ber: All Trim , UNO, Grade II in accordance with AW I; m axim um m oisture content
of 6 percent, with flat, plain sawn grain of quality suitable for transparent stained finish. W hen part
of an existing building, especially one of a historic nature, m atch existing trim m aterials profiles
and finishes .
2.
Sheet Materials: Reserved
B. Lam inates:
2.03
1.
Plastic Laminate: Reserved
2.
Plastic Laminate Backing: Reserved
COM PONENT(S)
A. Vanities: Reserved
B. Manufactured Units: Reserved
2.04
ACCESSORY(IES)
A. Nails: Size and type to suit application. Noncorrosive exterior elem ents. Coated finish elsewhere.
B. Bolts, Nuts, W ashers, Blind Fasteners, Lags, and Screws: Size and type to suit application; electrogalvanized steel for exterior, high hum idity and treated wood locations, plain finish elsewhere.
C. Contact Adhesives: Solvent release type.
D. W all Adhesive: Cartridge type, com patible with wall substrate, capable of achieving durable bond.
E. Sealants/Caulks: See Division 07.
F.
2.05
Prim er: See Division 09.
FABRICATION(S)
A. Fabricate trim profiles to m atch existing.
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
EXAM INATION AND COORDINATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Verify that m aterials will not be dam aged by excessive changes in tem perature or hum idity.
C. Protect m aterials both before and following finish application(s) .
FMD NO. 1310234
3
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
3.02
F IN ISH CARPENTRY
Section 06 20 00
PREPARATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Place all backing and fram ing for receipt of finish m aterials.
3.03
ERECTION
A. Reserved
3.04
INSTALLATION
A. Install work in accordance with AW I Custom quality standard.
B. Install trim as single unjointed m em bers in lengths to 8'-0" (2.4 m ). Mitre longer runs. Stagger joints
in adjacent m em bers. Cope inside corners.
C. Set and secure m aterials and com ponents in place, plum b and level.
D. Firestop any furred walls.
E. Airnail, or handnail through drilled holes, to prevent splitting.
F.
Glue and nail splices only over stud or appropriate solid backing.
G. Neatly m atch all joints to flush surfaces.
H. Install any com ponents in accordance with m anufacturer's instructions.
I.
3.05
Install any com ponents unjointed except for vertical strips in prefinished panels or where finish has
been configured to appear unjointed.
APPLICATION
A. Finishes:
3.06
1.
Seal any joints receiving opaque/paint finish.
2.
Verify closed joints on m aterials receiving transparent finish. Replace wood with ham m er m arks,
pneum atic nose prints, etc.
3.
Set exposed fasteners. Apply color m atched wood filler to establish a flush face. Sand work
sm ooth. Replace any m arred and/or dam aged surfaces .
IM PLEM ENTATION
A. Reserved
3.07
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
FMD NO. 1310234
4
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
F IN ISH CARPENTRY
Section 06 20 00
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Observation(s)/Testing(s): Reserved
C. Inspection(s)/Observation(s): Reserved
D. Manufacturer's Service(s): Reserved
E. Startup and Adjusting: Reserved
F.
3.08
Cleaning and Protection: Reserved
SCHEDULE(S)
A. Reserved
End of Section
FMD NO. 1310234
5
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
DOORS & HARDW ARE
Section 08 20 00
SECTION 08 20 00
DOORS & HARDW ARE
PART
1
GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A. Metal Door Fram es.
B. W ood Doors
C. Door Hardware
1.02
RELATED SECTIONS
A. Finish Carpentry
B. Painting
1.03
ALLOW ANCES
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.04
ALTERNATES
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.05
CONDENSED DESCRIPTION(S)
A. Door Assem blies.
1.06
SUBM ITTALS
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Shop Drawings: Provide a Product(s) Schedule m atching the form at of these docum ents indicating
m anufacturer's nam e, com plete product num ber/description, abbreviation listings, suffix/prefix coding,
finish, handing, keying, rating, degree of closer opening, etc.
C. Product Data:
1.
Manufacturer's Literature and Tem plates: Include graphic literature, specifications, and tem plates
on all item s being coordinated with other m aterials.
2.
O perating and Maintenance Instructions:
Include data on operating hardware, lubrication
requirem ents, and inspection procedures related to preventive m aintenance.
D. Sam ples: Reserved
E. Previous Test Reports: Reserved
FMD NO. 1310234
1
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
F.
DOORS & HARDW ARE
Section 08 20 00
Certifications:
1.
Hardware Supplier’s DHI com pliance training .
G. Supplem ental W arranty(ies) and/or Bonds:
1.07
1.
W arranty: Door Closers - ten years. Locksets - five years
2.
Bond: Reserved
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Qualifications: Product Supplier is to be a Com pany regularly providing architectural hardware consulting
with its project m anager being a well-trained DHI m em ber com pliant for supplying and coordinating
com m ercial door hardware.
C. Regulatory Requirem ents:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
ANSI - Am erican National Standards Institute.
AW I - Architectural W oodwork Institute.
BHMA - Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Association.
DHI - Door and Hardware Institute.
SDI - Steel Door Institute.
NFPA - National Fire Protection Association.
D. Mock Ups: Reserved
E. Preinstallation Conference: Reserved
F.
1.08
Observation/Testing: Reserved
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Package hardware item s individually. Label and identify package with door opening code num ber to
m atch schedule.
C. On jobs exceeding 20 doors, provide clean, dry, lockable shelved storage on site.
D. Deliver perm anent keys to Owner by security shipm ent direct from hardware supplier.
1.09
PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Provide all countersunk, flathead, non-corrosive, exposed fasteners, in finish to m atch product being
secured.
C. Provide thru bolt anchors where available.
D. Coordinate work of this Section with other directly affected Sections that require integral reinforcem ent
FMD NO. 1310234
2
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
DOORS & HARDW ARE
Section 08 20 00
for door hardware and sizing for application.
E. Coordinate all fasteners and anchors for hardware with substrate onto which it is applied.
F.
Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware com ponent.
G. Provide hardware for rated openings with labels intact and certificate literature included in m aintenance
m anual insuring appropriate application.
H. Provide detrim ental agent listing to Owner and field personnel to prevent discoloration and dam age to
finishes and coatings.
1.10
I.
Any quantities, ordering suffixes, etc. are indicated in schedule for convenience only and do not lim it the
supply and coordination responsibility of the hardware supplier.
J.
Supplier is to coordinate required keying with Owner.
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.11
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Require Hardware representative to inspect job just prior to substantial com pletion and produce a punch
list of item s to be corrected. At final com pletion, furnish a certificate from representative indicating that
punch list has been com pleted and hardware installation is acceptable.
PART
2
PRODUCTS
2.01
M ANUFACTURERS
A. Com ply with Division 01.
2.02
M ATERIALS
A. Finishes: Provide per any applicable Interior Design docum ents. For renovation projects, unless noted
otherwise, provide finishes to m atch existing .
2.03
COM PONENTS
A. Metal Door Fram es: Minim um 16 Gauge fully welded/ ground sm ooth fram e. Rated Fram es and Fram es
requiring no decorative wooden trim are to have throat configured to wrap around and return a m inim um
½" to the wall face into which it is attached. Fit face of fram e flush to wall surface where wooden trim is
required to m atch existing adjacent doors . Backband trim where rating requires a throat surround. Assure
all fram es are fully secured to wall via internal concealed strap fasteners. Coordinate a m inim um ½"
center stop sized per depth of door. Com ply with SDI -100 ( Standard Steel Doors / Fram es ), with rated
units also m eeting NFPA-80 requirem ents.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
DOORS & HARDW ARE
Section 08 20 00
B. W ood Door Fram es: See Finished Carpentry
C. W ood Doors: Minim um 1 3/4" thick solid core flush face units with face veneer and edge banding to m atch
existing units when finished . Minim um 45 m inute rated doors in 1 hour walls & m inim um 1 ½ hour doors
in 2 hour walls. Com ply with applicable AW I 1300 requirem ents .
D. Door Glazing : Reserved
E. Door Hardware:
1.
Butts/Hinges: McKinney products as scheduled. Full Mortise in functions scheduled .
Equals by Hager, & Stanley.
2.
Locks: Schlage AL Series (Com m ercial grade cyclinder locksets) in function(s) scheduled.Equals
by Yale & Stanley-Best .
3.
Exit Devices: Reserved
4.
Flush Bolts: Reserved
5.
Push/Pulls: Reserved
6.
Plates: Reserved
7.
Closers: Yale 51BF (Barrier Free Adjustable) series with cast iron body, full finished cover, forged
arm / m ounting, all tem p fluid. Equals by Norton & LCN.
8.
Stops, Holders and Door Releases: Trim co products as scheduled. Equals by Ives & Em tek.
9.
Thresholds/Door Bottom s: Reserved
10. W eatherstrip: National Guard products as scheduled. Neoprene inserts U.N.O. Equals Trem co by&
Pem ko.
11. Miscellaneous: Reserved
2.04
ACCESSORIES
A. Cylinders & Keys:
1.
2.05
Coordinate with Owner’s great grand m aster system .
FABRICATION
A. Open.
PART
3
EXECUTION
3.01
EXAM INATION AND PREPARATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
DOORS & HARDW ARE
Section 08 20 00
B. Verify that doors and fram es are ready to receive work and dim ensions are as instructed by the
m anufacturer.
3.02
PREPARATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Assure that door/fram e suppliers etc. are provided with tem plates for correct preparation.
C. Carefully adjust and/or trim doors/fram es, etc. as required for correct seating.
3.03
ERECTION
A. Reserved
3.04
INSTALLATION
A. Install all com ponents plum b, level and true to line in accordance with m anufacturer's instructions and
applicable requirem ents of applicable SDI, AW I, ANSI/NFPA 80, BHMA,and DHI standards.
B. Use the tem plates provided by hardware item m anufacturer.
C. Conform to ANSI A117.1 for positioning requirem ents for the handicapped.
D. Perform substrate cutting and fitting to prevent dam age or weakening.
E. Prevent splintering, gouging, scratching or other noticeable finish flaw.
F.
Apply hardware, adjust and put in working order prior to door finish.
G. Rem ove hardware prior to application of door finish.
H. Adjust, lubricate and clean hardware upon final application to door.
3.05
APPLICATION
A. Reserved
3.06
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Observation/Testing: Reserved
C. Inspection/Observation: Note hardware rep inspection requirem ents.
D. Manufacturer's Services: Reserved
E. Startup and Adjusting: Reserved
F.
Cleaning and Protection: Reserved
FMD NO. 1310234
5
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
3.07
DOORS & HARDW ARE
Section 08 20 00
SCHEDULES
A. Door #1 : ( 45 Min. rated Stairwell door to second level )
1.
Hinges : Set of three 4 ½ x 4 ½ ball bearing/ rated hinges com parable to McKinney TB 2714 with
decorative tips sim ilar to existing doors .
2.
Lockset : Lever Handle Schlage AL80PD
(Storeroom function - Fixed outside key entry with inside always free)
3.
Closer: One stair side closer com parable to Yale 51 BF.
( Assure no hold open appurtenance at rated door)
B. Door #2 : ( 45 Min. rated Stairwell door to attic level )
1.
2.
Hinges : Set of three 4 ½ x 4 ½ ball bearing/ rated hinges com parable to McKinney TB 2714.
Lockset : Lever Handle Schlage AL10S.
(Passage function - no keys - both sides always free)
3.
Closer : One stair side closer com parable to Yale 51 BF.
( Assure no hold open appurtenance at rated door)
4.
W eatherstrip : Surface m ount perim eter bulb com parable to National Guard 160V.
C. Door #3 : ( 45 m inute rated 2 nd Level Corridor Door into Classroom )
1.
Hinges : Set of three 4 ½ x 4 ½ ball bearing/ rated hinges com parable to McKinney TB 2714 with
decorative tips sim ilar to existing doors .
2.
Lockset : Lever Handle Schlage AL70S.
(Classroom function - outside locked/unlocked by key - inside always free)
3.
Closer: One classroom side closer com parable to Yale 51 BF.
( Assure no hold open appurtenance at rated door)
D. Door #4 : ( 2 nd Level Classroom Closet )
1.
Hinges : Set of three 4 ½ x 4 ½ hinges com parable to McKinney T 2714 with decorative tips sim ilar
to existing doors .
2.
Lockset : Lever Handle Schlage AL80PD .
(Storeroom function - Fixed outside key entry with inside always free)
3.
Closer: Reserved
E. Door #5 : ( 2 nd Level Office 255 To Office 255A )
1.
Hinges : Set of three 4 ½ x 4 ½ hinges com parable to McKinney T 2714 with decorative tips sim ilar
to existing doors . .
2.
Lockset : Lever Handle Schlage AL50PD .
(Office function - Push button locks levers until unlocked by key or turn of inside lever. )
3.
Closer: Reserved
FMD NO. 1310234
6
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
F.
DOORS & HARDW ARE
Section 08 20 00
Door #6 : ( Ground Level Mech Closet )
1.
Hinges : Set of three 4 ½ x 4 ½ hinges com parable to McKinney T 2714 .
2.
Lockset : Lever Handle Schlage AL80PD .
(Storeroom function - Fixed outside key entry with inside always free)
3.
Closer: Reserved
End of Section
FMD NO. 1310234
7
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
G Y P S UM BOARD SYSTEMS
Section 09 20 00
SECTION 09 20 00
GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEM (S)
PART 1
1.01
GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A. W all and ceiling gypsum board.
B. Rated stud partitions .
C. Rated shaftwall assem bly .
1.02
RELATED SECTION(S)
A. Rough Carpentry
B. Modular Ceilings
C. Painting
1.03
ALLOW ANCE(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.04
ALTERNATE(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.05
CONDENSED DESCRIPTION(S)
A. Finished walls.
B. Miscellaneous closure elem ents.
1.06
SUBM ITTAL(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Shop Drawing(s): Reserved
C. Product Data: Manufacturer's literature on all products.
D. Sam ple(s): Reserved
E. Previous Test Report(s): Reserved
F.
Certification(s): Reserved
G. Supplem ental W arranty(ies) and/or Bonds: Reserved
FMD NO. 1310234
1
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
G Y P S UM BOARD SYSTEMS
Section 09 20 00
H. Project Closeout: See Article 1.11.
1.07
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Qualification Docum ent(s): Reserved
C. Regulatory Requirem ent(s):
1.
Fire Rated Partitions: Applicable UL Listed assem bly (ies) are noted on drawings.
2.
Typical W alls, Ceilings:
a.
USG - Gypsum Construction Handbook.
b.
Gypsum Association - GA201& GA216 - Recom m ended Specifications for the Application and
Finishing of Gypsum Board .
D. Mock Up(s): Reserved
E. Preinstallation Conference(s): Reserved
F.
1.08
Observation/Testing(s): Reserved
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.09
PROJECT/SITE CONDITION(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.10
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.11
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Subm ittal(s): Reserved
C. Service(s)/Dem onstration(s): Reserved
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCT(S)
M ANUFACTURER(S)
FMD NO. 1310234
2
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
G Y P S UM BOARD SYSTEMS
Section 09 20 00
A. Com ply with Division 01.
2.02
M ATERIAL(S)
A. See Com ponents.
2.03
COM PONENT(S)
A. Studs, Tracks, Runners & Joists (if used) :
1.
Typical Materials: ANSI/ASTM C645, GA 201 and GA 216, galvanized sheet steel, in profiles and
gauges to m eet any rated assem bly requirm ents - otherwise - provide a m inim um 25 gage thick; 20
gage thick at opening jam bs and at lengths exceeding 12'-0" ; 18 gage thick at joists, beneath any
surface m ount accessories and at any structural locations. Color code m aterials for identification.
2.
Steel Studs, and Tracks: 3 5/8" “C” profile studs with m atching “U” profile runners .
3.
Shaftwall Studs & Runners: 2 ½" “C-H” profile studs with m atching “J” profile runners.
4.
Joists : Reserved
B. Gypsum Board:
1.
All Gypsum Board Types: Maxim um length; ends square cut, tapered edges; unless noted otherwise
in the following paragraphs.
2.
Standard Type: ANSI/ASTM C36. ½ inch (12.7 m m ) thickness at 16" (40 cm ) fram ing, 5/8 inch (16
m m ) at 24" (60 cm ) fram ing.
3.
Fire Resistant Type: ANSI/ASTM C36. Type X in thickness noted.
4.
Fire Rated Type: ANSI/ASTM C36. Type C, UL rated in thickness noted.
5.
Coreboard Type: ANSI/ASTM C442, 1" (25 m m ) thickness, tongue and groove.
6.
Sheathing Type: Specified in Rough Carpentry as needed.
C. Furring & Suspension Fram ing: ANSI/ASTM C645, GA 201 and GA 216, galvanized sheet steel, double
leg 20 gage ceiling furring channel, 8 gage suspension wire, 16 gage black asphaltum m ain suspension
channels.
2.04
ACCESSORY(IES)
A. Fasteners: ANSI/ASTM C646, GA 201 and GA 216, hardened screws to suit backing m aterial. Type S
(steel), Type W (W ood), Tapcon (CMU/Concrete). Furring channel clips. 18 gage tie wire.
B. Acoustical Sealant: Non-hardening, non-skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board.
C. Corner Beads: Metal. 1-1/4 inch com pound flanges.
D. Edge Trim : GA 201 and GA 216, Type LC bead. U-shape exposed reveal bead/com pound flange.
E. Joint Materials: ANSI/ASTM C475, GA 201 and GA 216; reinforcing tape, joint com pound, adhesive, and
water. Moisture resistant com pound at m oisture resistant and exterior board joints.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
F.
G Y P S UM BOARD SYSTEMS
Section 09 20 00
Acoustical Insulation: Specified in Section 07 when required.
G. Adhesive: ANSI/ASTM C475. GA 201 and GA 216. Lam inating com pound.
H. Specialties - W hen Needed:
2.05
1.
Fencing: One inch hexagonal woven wire/20 gage poultry netting.
2.
W ire: 16 gauge non-corrosive.
3.
Powder Activated Fasteners: Appropriate to connection required.
4.
Flexure Clips: Appropriately configured plate attachm ents for studs attaching to non rigid structure
com parable to Verticlip products available through The Steel Network.
FABRICATION(S)
A. Reserved
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
EXAM INATION AND COORDINATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
3.02
PREPARATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
3.03
ERECTION
A. Reserved
3.04
INSTALLATION
A. Metal Studs:
1.
Metal Stud Spacing: Per required UL rating but never m ore than 24 inches on center.
2.
Construct corners using m inim um three studs. Double stud each wall opening, door and window
jam b. Install interm ediate studs above and below openings to m atch wall stud spacing. Om it bottom
at doors and coordinate jam b anchorage of fram e.
3.
Attach cross studs to studs for attachm ent of fixtures and/or m echanical and electrical item s.
4.
In partitions for friction fit acoustical insulation and no GpDw faces, install fencing uniform ly across
face of studs on one side and wire to studs at 24" (15 cm ) on center. Install screw beneath wire to
prevent slide down.
5.
Install positive screw attachm ent in both legs of stud abutting tracks, and other fram ing. Shoot tracks
FMD NO. 1310234
4
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
G Y P S UM BOARD SYSTEMS
Section 09 20 00
to concrete or m asonry backing. Brace open tracks to structure.
6.
At brace stud conditions, m ake all connections to structure with required flexure clips. Cross brace
any flim sy brace stud.
B. Suspended Ceiling Fram ing:
Reserved
C. Joist Fram ing: (W hen Used)
1.
Metal joist spacing 24 inches (60 cm ) on center m axim um .
2.
Double joists at each opening. Install back to back joists ½" (13 m m ) apart at HVAC suspension
points. Carefully coordinate joist placem ent with HVAC unit which is also placed in careful
coordination with ceiling grid.
3.
Install positive screw attachm ent in both legs of joist abutting header track and other fram ing. Shoot
flanges to grout filled m asonry bearing.
D. Acoustical Accessories:
1.
Place acoustical insulation tight within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and
m echanical item s within or behind partitions, and tight to item s passing through partitions. Secure
in place.
2.
At open studs attach wire to fencing. W rap around acoustical insulation. Bend wire to prevent
insulation com pression and secure back to fencing. Minim um 2 wires per batt.
3.
Install acoustical sealant within partitions in accordance with m anufacturer's instructions.
E. Gypsum Board:
F.
3.05
1.
Use wallboard of m axim um workable lengths with long dim ension at right angle to fram ing/furring.
2.
Apply lam inating com pound at m ultiple layers.
3.
Stagger end joints.
4.
Support ends and edges on fram ing/furring.
5.
Fasten gypsum board to furring or fram ing with screws at spacing recom m ended by m anufacturer
or required by assem bly rating.
6.
Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces.
7.
Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum
board abuts dissim ilar m aterials.
Joint Treatm ent:
1.
Fill and tape exposed and or rated assem bly joints, edges, and corners to produce sm ooth surface
(sand sm ooth ready to receive finishes at exposed locations).
2.
Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that cam ber is m axim um 1/32 inch (.08 m m ) and produces
no shadowlines.
APPLICATION
FMD NO. 1310234
5
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
G Y P S UM BOARD SYSTEMS
Section 09 20 00
A. Reserved
3.06
IM PLEM ENTATION
A. Reserved
3.07
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Observation(s)/Testing(s):
Reserved
C. Inspection(s)/Observation(s):
1.
Maxim um Variation from True Flatness/Plum bness: 1/8 inch in 10 ft in any direction.
2.
Painted GpDw surfaces are to be finished to shadow proofed planes.
3.
Check shadowlines during tim e of sanding with intense light held closely parallel to wall surface.
4.
Fill and resand nonuniform areas until surface is sm ooth.
D. Manufacturer's Service(s):
E. Startup and Adjusting:
F.
3.08
Cleaning and Protection:
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
SCHEDULE(S) - Reserved
End of Section
FMD NO. 1310234
6
Bid No. 46214254
HVAC & Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall
Issue Date : 1/10/14
M O DULAR CEILINGS
Section 09 50 00
SECTION 09 50 00
M ODULAR CEILING(S)
PART 1
1.01
GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A. Suspended m etal grid ceiling system .
B. Lay-in ceiling panels.
C. Direct attachm ent ceiling panels - Reserved
1.02
RELATED SECTION(S)
A. Gypsum Board System (s)
B. Mechanical - Division 15.
C. Electrical - Division 16.
1.03
ALLOW ANCE(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.04
ALTERNATE(S) / OPTION(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.05
CONDENSED DESCRIPTION(S)
A. Modular ceiling tiles and related grid suspension system capable of supporting im posed loads
to a deflection of 1/360 m axim um in ceiling plane.
1.06
SUBM ITTAL(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Special Requirem ent(s):
1.
Shop Drawing(s): Reserved.
2.
Product Data: Indicate product description including com pliance with specified requirem ents.
Mark data to indicate only those products proposed for use. Include m anufacturers
installation instructions for each m aterial.
3.
Sam ple(s): Reserved.
4.
Previous Test Report(s): Reserved.
5.
Certification(s): Reserved.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
Bid No. 462142254
HVAC & Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall
Issue Date : 1/10/14
1.07
M O DULAR CEILINGS
Section 09 50 00
6.
Supplem ental W arranty(ies): 5 year m aterials and labor.
7.
Supplem ental Bond(s): Reserved.
8.
Project Closeout: See Article 1.11.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Qualification(s) Docum entation: Reserved.
C. Regulatory Requirem ent(s): Conform to applicable Ceilings and Interior System s Construction
Association Standards (CISCA).
D. Mock Up(s): Reserved.
E. Preinstallation Conference(s): Reserved.
F.
1.08
Observation(s)/Testing(s): Reserved.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.09
PROJECT/SITE CONDITION(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.
Hanger wire size and spacing is responsibility of installer. Installation to fully support all loads
applied.
2.
Install products only as areas are m ade dust free and as potential clim atic and construction
abuse are m inim ized.
B. Renovation (W hen applicable)
1.10
1.
Carefully store and protect any rem oved existing ceiling tile m aterials that possess an
appearance satisfactory for re-use in m inor work / otherwise unaltered areas.
2.
Re-use such salvaged product only when its use can help to correct for existing tiles that m ay
be slightly dam aged or soiled in m inor work areas.
3.
Should any such use of salvaged product not re-establish a uniform finished appearance,
provide uniform new m aterials for that area.
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Com ply with Division 01 .
1.
Coordinate installation to m inim ize potential for soiling of tiles.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
Bid No. 462142254
HVAC & Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall
Issue Date : 1/10/14
1.11
M O DULAR CEILINGS
Section 09 50 00
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Subm ittal(s): Provide a m inim um of 10% additional m aterial of all panels and tiles, sealed for
protected storage and future m aintenance.
C. Service(s)/Dem onstration(s): Reserved.
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCT(S)
M ANUFACTURER(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Approved Product (s)
2.02
1.
Grid : Donn Products (USG Interiors)
2.
Lay-In Ceiling Tiles : Arm strong
3.
Direct Attachm ent Tiles : Reserved.
M ATERIAL(S)
A. Manufacturer’s Standard .
2.03
COM PONENT(S)
A. Grid: ASTM C635, sized to support all loads applied with die cut and interlocking com ponents.
Offset ends for flush face. Prefinished to com plim ent lay in ceiling tiles.
1.
Standard Type: Donn DX. Cold rolled steel grid, 15/16" face.
2.
Environm ental Type: Reserved
3.
Moderate Exposure/Rated Type: Reserved
4.
Narrow Face: Reserved
B. Acoustic/Lay In Ceiling Units
1.
Acoustical Units:
a.
Ceiling Type ACT1 : 24 x 24 x 5/8 inches (600 x 600 x 16 m m ) non-directional fissured
panel set in standard type grid. Arm strong Fine Fissured acoustical Panel #1728 set in
a standard grid .
b.
Ceiling Type ACT2: Reserved.
2.. Lay-in Ceiling Units:
a.
FMD NO. 1310234
Ceiling Type ACT3: Reserved
3
Bid No. 462142254
HVAC & Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall
Issue Date : 1/10/14
3.
Direct Attachm ent Acoustical Units:
a.
2.04
Ceiling Type ACT4: Reserved
ACCESSORY(IES)
A.
2.05
M O DULAR CEILINGS
Section 09 50 00
Appropriately sized wire hangers, support channels, screw type fasteners, stabilizer bars, clips,
splices, splines, edge m oldings, etc. required for a com plete suspended grid system . Units to
be galvanized when exposed to corrosive environm ent.
FABRICATION(S)
A. Reserved
PART 3
3.01
EXECUTION
EXAM INATION AND COORDINATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work.
3.02
PREPARATION
A. Com ply with Division 01 .
B. Carefully note and prepare hangers at any areas where wall angle flexure occurs.
3.03
ERECTION
A. Reserved
3.04
INSTALLATION
A. Suspension System :
1.
Install system in accordance with ASTM C636, applicable CISCA Standards and
Manufacturer's Instructions.
2.
Carefully note system com ponents required in any fire rated, potentially corrosive and/or food
service environm ent.
3.
Provide hangers vertical at a nom inal 48" (1200 m m ) on center.
otherwise attach with m echanical fasteners.
4.
Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. Placem ent of structural elem ents onto
which system is tied should com plim ent required spacing of hanger wires otherwise provide
interm ediate structure sufficient to carry loads applied or yoke between elem ents with wire
onto which m ain vertical hanger can be secured.
5.
Hanger wires attaching to grid are to be placed within 5 degrees of vertical. Non vertical
FMD NO. 1310234
4
Tie where possible;
Bid No. 462142254
HVAC & Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall
Issue Date : 1/10/14
M O DULAR CEILINGS
Section 09 50 00
wires are to have double yoke legs to evenly distribute load and prevent lateral loading of
system .
6.
W here com ponents prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the system to span the
extra distance.
7.
Hang system independent of walls, colum ns, ducts, pipes and conduit where flexure m ay
occur in overhead structure.
8.
Provide additional hangers at corners of all appurtenances such as light fixtures, exit signs,
grilles, registers, diffusers, etc. Assure thru bolting of any surface m ounted appurtenance.
9.
Center system on room axis leaving equal border units in coordination with reflected plan
10. Install edge m olding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical
lengths.
11. Lock all m ain and cross tees in place as required to support tile/panel to be installed.
12. Assure ceiling system is suspended and independent of all wall support, edge m olding, etc.
for help in assuring nondestructive sway in potential earthquake zones.
13. Do not secure and/or rivet suspension m em bers to perim eter walls.
B. Modular Ceiling
3.05
1.
Install units level, free from dam age, twist, warp or dents.
2.
Lay directional patterned units one way with any longer panel side parallel to shortest room
or area axis.
3.
Cut units to face walls. Shape edges of cut to m atch that of original edge.
4.
Carefully note system com ponents required in any fire rated, potentially corrosive and/or food
service environm ent.
a.
Install hold down clips at exterior panels and rated panels as required to resist uplift and
m eet fire resistive design requirem ents.
b.
Construct any rated ceiling light fixture overlay in accordance with UL assem bly
requirem ents.
c.
Provide sm ooth heavy vinyl/scrubbable tile face over any applicable food service area.
APPLICATION
A. Reserved
3.06
IM PLEM ENTATION
A. Reserved
3.07
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
FMD NO. 1310234
5
Bid No. 462142254
HVAC & Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall
Issue Date : 1/10/14
M O DULAR CEILINGS
Section 09 50 00
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Observation(s)/Testing(s):
1.
Tolerances:
a.
Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch within room or area of installation
(nonaccum ulative).
b.
Replace all suspension m em bers with bow, cam ber or twist..
C. Manufacturer's Service(s): Reserved
D. Startup and Adjusting: Reserved
E. Cleaning and Protection:
3.08
1.
Touch-up scratches, abrasions, voids or other slight defects.
2.
Rem ove and replace m aterials, including inconsistent panels or tile, should touch-up not
produce satisfactory results.
SCHEDULE(S)
A. Reserved
End of Section
FMD NO. 1310234
6
Bid No. 462142254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
P A INTING
Section 09 90 00
SECTION 09 90 00
PAINTING
PART 1
1.01
GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A. Field applied finishes, including stains and clearcoats.
1.02
RELATED SECTIONS
A. Finish Carpentry
B. Door(s) & Hardware
C. Gypsum Board System (s)
1.03
ALLOW ANCE(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.04
ALTERNATE(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
1.05
CONDENSED DESCRIPTION(S)
A. Field applied coatings: Ready m ixed liquids prepared for proper spray flow and brushing properties,
capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags.
1.06
SUBM ITTAL(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Shop Drawing(s): Reserved
C. Product Data: Provide m anufacturer’s product & application data on all proposed coatings.
D. Sam ple(s): Subm it color wheel(s) of all available colors for selection of desired colors - to be followed by
two sam ples in a 12 x 12 inch size illustrating desired colors and textures for each proposed product.
Prepare sam ples with sam e finish and num ber of coats as final product.
E. Previous Test Report(s): Reserved
F.
Certification(s): Reserved
G. Supplem ental W arranty(ies) and/or Bonds: Reserved
H. Project Closeout:
FMD NO. 1310234
See Article 1.11.
1
Bid No. 462142254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
1.07
P A INTING
Section 09 90 00
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Qualification(s) Docum entation:
1.
All coating suppliers to be certified by the coatings m anufacturer that it represents.
2.
All painters to have a m inim um of 3 years docum ented experience in applying proposed finishes.
C. Regulatory Requirem ent(s):
1.
Conform to applicable agencies flam e/fuel/sm oke rating and volatile organic com pound (VOC)
requirem ents.
2.
Product used in a food services area m ust m eet applicable National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)
standards .
D. Mock Up(s): Reserved
E. Preinstallation Conference(s): Reserved
F.
1.08
Observation(s)/Testing(s): Reserved
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Require delivery in sealed and labeled containers having m anufacturer’s full delivery, storage and
application descriptions as part of each container’s affixed labeling.
C. Im m ediately clean or rem ove any m aterials soiled from painting practices. Store fully sealed paint at
required tem peratures in m anufacturer approved containers .
D. Take required precautions for storage of any flam m able and/or potentially toxic m aterials. Store
flam m ables in m etal containers. Provide storage area(s) with 10B:C rated Carbon Dioxide fire
extinguisher(s) and sealable hazardous m aterial bags.
1.09
PROJECT/SITE CONDITION(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Use only products from original containers bearing m anufacturers nam e, paint type, and color.
C. Apply no coating until surface receiving sam e is lit with a m inim um of 80 foot candles of sam e lighting as
that rem aining when work is com plete.
D. Cover, protect and clean other finished work.
E. Discard m aterials with any nonuniform consistency.
1.10
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
FMD NO. 1310234
2
Bid No. 462142254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
P A INTING
Section 09 90 00
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Apply products only as areas are m ade dust free and as clim atic conditions are stabilized to a fully dry
m inim um tem perature of 45 degrees and a m axim um hum idity of 85 percent, both before and at least 24
hours after, a coating’s application .
1.11
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Subm ittal(s): Leave one clearly labeled container of each type/color paint (with m ix and location usage
notes thereon) for Owner’s m aintenance/m atch usage. Neatly arrange all item s for Owner’s review and
acceptance.
C. Service(s)/Dem onstration(s): Reserved
PART 2
2.01
PRODUCT(S)
M ANUFACTURER(S)
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Approved Coating Suppliers :
1.
2.02
Devoe, Sherwin -W illiam s, Moore, Glidden, Pratt & Lam bert .
M ATERIAL(S)
A. Unless approved otherwise, all coatings are to be designed by a single m anufacturer for com patibility and
purpose being proposed . See coatings schedule at end of this section.
B. Only an approved supplier representative is to m ix any product and/or coloring . No thinning is allowed
unless specifically directed in supplier’s application guidelines.
2.03
COM PONENT(S)
A. See Schedule in Spec’s Part 3.
2.04
ACCESSORY(IES)
A. Supplier approved Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners, caulking, sealants and other m aterials
required to achieve the finishes specified.
2.05
FABRICATION(S)
A. Verify proposed coating’s com patibility with any fabricated m aterials prim ed and/or coated off site,
FMD NO. 1310234
3
Bid No. 462142254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
PART 3
3.01
P A INTING
Section 09 90 00
EXECUTION
EXAM INATION AND COORDINATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Verify that substrate conditions are free of debris, oils, dust or other deleterious m aterial and are ready
to receive W ork.
C. Measure m oisture content of porous surfaces using an electronic m oisture m eter. Do not apply finishes
unless m oisture content is less than 15 percent.
3.02
PREPARATION
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Clean surfaces and assure corrections have been m ade to any m inor defects. Assure thorough cleaning
in and around sm all areas such as corners and bolt heads. Lightly sand any corrections to blend sm ooth
into adjacent surfaces . Seal at risk corner elem ents .
C. Exterior W ood Item s : Reserved
D. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces : Reserved
E. Uncoated Ferrous Surfaces: Rem ove any scale by wire brushing or sandblasting. W ash clean with
solvent. Apply treatm ent of phosphoric acid solution. Prim e paint after repairs.
F.
Shop Prim ed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to rem ove any loose prim er and rust. Clean surfaces with
solvent. Sm ooth new prim er into bare steel surfaces.
G. Galvanized and Alum inum Surfaces: Rem ove surface contam ination and oils and wash with solvent.
Apply coat of etching prim er.
H. Interior W ood Item s - Paint Finish: Sand surface sm ooth; W ipe surface clean; seal knots, pitch streaks,
and sappy sections with sealer. Fill fastener holes and cracks after prim er has dried; sand between coats.
I.
Interior W ood Item s - Transparent Finish: Sand surface sm ooth. W ipe surface clean. Fill fastener holes.
Apply filler coat on open grained wood. Stain if specified. Seal and sand.
J.
Gypsum Board Surfaces: Assure repair and sm ooth sanding of any defects .
K. Parking Lot Striping: Reserved
L.
Rem ove electrical plates, door hardware, etc. prior to painting.
M. Rem ove any m ildew by scrubbing with a solution of tri-sodium phosphate, bleach & water approved by
coating supplier.
N. Spot prim e any stained areas with a “Stain Killer” approved by coating supplier .
3.03
ERECTION
A. Reserved
FMD NO. 1310234
4
Bid No. 462142254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
3.04
P A INTING
Section 09 90 00
INSTALLATION
A. Reserved
3.05
APPLICATION
A. Apply products in accordance with m anufacturer's instructions, including but not lim ited to:
1.
Applying each coat to a supplier approved uniform rate
2.
Allowing sim ilarly approved drying tim e between coats.
B. Spray or roller apply paint on all flat m etal surfaces.
C. Sand transparent finishes lightly between coats to achieve required finish.
D. W here clear finishes are required, tint fillers to m atch wood.
E. Unless woodwork is specified to rem ain unfinished, apply a prim er coating. Prim e coat stained or
varnished interior woodwork with final coating. Include a back side prim er on all wood trim , wooden vanity
substrates or sim ilar locations where backside m oisture m igration could dam age the exposed finish
surface(s). Em ploy any supplier thinning recom m endations for enhancing penetration of prim er.
F.
Seal all exposed cut wood surfaces such as tops and bottom s of wood doors.
G. Repaint all existing walls, disturbed during renovations, to accom plish a uniform and inconspicuous
m atch to nearest corner line(s) of wall surfaces .
H. Form clean, crisp lines at all edges.
3.06
I.
Apply prim er or appropriate touch up to m etal im m ediately after m ade bare and cleaned.
J.
Mechanical and Electrical Equipm ent:
1.
Paint shop prim ed equipm ent.
2.
Prim e and paint all pipes and ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, when exposed to public
view, except where item s are prefinished.
3.
Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, etc. that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat
black paint, to lim it of sight line.
4.
Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards.
5.
Replace electrical plates, hardware, etc. when surfaces are dry.
IM PLEM ENTATION
A. Reserved
3.07
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
FMD NO. 1310234
5
Bid No. 462142254
HVAC and Lighting Replacem ent for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Issue Date: 1/10/14
P A INTING
Section 09 90 00
A. Com ply with Division 01.
B. Observation)s)/Testing(s): Reserved
C. Inspection(s)/Observation(s): Vary shade on coats for verification of coats applied. Leave evidence in
unexposed areas of coat overm arkings.
D. Manufacturer's Service(s): Reserved
E. Startup and Adjusting: Reserved
F.
3.08
Cleaning and Protection:
1.
As work proceeds, prom ptly rem ove spilled, splashed, or spattered finishes.
2.
Provide touch up of m arred surfaces. Application to blend with in place color. Repaint entire area
if m atch not achieved.
3.
Provide touch-up of prefinished surfaces in accordance with surface suppliers recom m endations.
SCHEDULE(S)
A. Exterior Surface(s): Reserved
B. Interior Surfaces:
1.
W ood - Opaque
a. One coat alkyd latex prim er sealer.
b. Two coats latex, sem i-gloss.
2.
W ood - Transparent : Reserved
3.
Concrete, Concrete Masonry: Reserved
4.
Steel - Unprim ed
a. One coat acrylic latex m etal prim er.
b. Two coats alkyd enam el, sem i-gloss.
5.
Steel - Prim ed
a. Touch-up with original prim er.
b. Two coats alkyd enam el, sem i-gloss.
6.
Steel - Galvanized
a. One coat zinc rich latex m etal prim er.
b. Two coats alkyd enam el, sem i-gloss.
7.
Alum inum
a. One coat all purpose prim er.
b. Two coats latex sem i-gloss.
8.
Plaster, Gypsum Board
a. One coat latex prim er sealer.
b. Two coats alkyd enam el, sem i-gloss.
End of Section
FMD NO. 1310234
6
Bid No. 462142254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
GENERAL PROVISIONS - HVAC
Section 230010
SECTION 230010
GENERAL PROVISIONS – HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: These Mechanical General provisions specified herein apply to all Sections of
Division 23.
1.2
WORK INCLUDED: Provide all materials, labor and services as specified in Division 23 and
shown on the accompanying drawings.
1.3
DEFINITIONS:
A.
Terms: The following definitions of terms supplement those of the GENERAL
PROVISIONS - HVAC, and are applicable to all MECHANICAL SECTIONS.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.4
Provide: Furnish, install and connect completely.
Piping: Pipe installed with all required fittings, valves and accessories, and
forming a complete system.
Wiring: Wire or cable installed in raceway with all required boxes, fittings,
connectors, and accessories completely installed.
Power Wiring: Wiring which supplies the electrical current which flows through a
connected motor or heater.
Exposed: Revealed to view or subject to weather.
Control, interlock and starting circuit wiring: All wiring required by all Mechanical
Sections that is not power wiring.
Fittings: All connecting pieces of a system.
B.
Drawings: The Mechanical Drawings are diagrammatic except where specifically
indicated otherwise. Refer to Architectural and Structural Drawings for building
dimensions.
C.
Materials: Refer to the GENERAL CONDITIONS. All material shall be suitable for the
service and operating conditions of this Specification.
ABBREVIATIONS: The following abbreviations are used in this Division of the Specifications:
ASTM
AABC
ASME
ARI
SMACNA
ANSI
NEMA
UL
AWWA
SCS
FMD NO. 1310234
- American Society for Testing Materials.
- Associated Air Balance Council.
- American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
- Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute.
- Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association.
- American National Standards Institute.
- National Electrical Manufacturers Association
- Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
- American Water Works Association.
- Soil Conservation Service.
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.5
APPLICABLE CODES:
A.
The latest amended editions of the codes applicable to the work of the municipality
having jurisdiction.
B.
In the absence of any municipal adopted codes, the following shall apply:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.6
International Building Code, 2006 Edition, with Georgia Amendments (2007,
2009 and 2010).
International Mechanical Code, 2006 Edition, with Georgia Amendments (2007,
Errata to 2007 amendments, 2008, 2010 and 2011).
ASHRAE Standard 90.1 Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise
Residential Buildings
All City, County, State, Regional, and other ordinances applicable to the work
shall apply.
RELATED WORK: The following work is generally specified in other Divisions of the
Specifications, except as specifically otherwise stated in this Division.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.7
GENERAL PROVISIONS - HVAC
Section 230010
Electric power wiring.
Painting.
Installation of access panels in walls and ceiling construction.
Installation of starters, contactors, thermal overload switches, and remote push
buttons.
Curbs, other than pre-fabricated.
Flashing and pitch pockets around equipment on roof.
SPACE CONDITIONS:
A.
All work shall fit the spaces available in an approved manner. Verify all dimensions of the
work before commencing fabrication and/or installation. Advise engineer of record if a
problem exist before proceeding with any work.
B.
Minor deviations from the drawings required to conform to space conditions and to
provide the required operation, service, or maintenance accessibility shall be made at no
additional cost, and subject to approval.
C.
Piping, equipment, or ductwork shall not be installed in electrical equipment rooms.
Outside of electrical equipment rooms, do not run piping or ductwork, or locate
equipment, with respect to switchboards, panel boards, power panels, motor control
centers, or dry type transformers:
Within 42" in front (and rear if free standing) of equipment; or
Within 36" of sides of equipment
Clearances apply vertically from floor to ceiling structures.
D.
Hydronic piping shall not be installed above any electrical or control panels.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.8
1.9
1.10
RECORD DRAWINGS:
A.
Upon completion of the Project, the Contractor shall submit one set of contract prints with
red marks indicating As-built conditions of all piping, ductwork, and equipment, and
incorporating changes made during construction. A record of as-built conditions shall be
kept throughout the Project and shall be used in the preparation of the final record
drawings.
B.
The Contractor shall provide digital images (minimum resolution of 1152 x 864 pixels in
JPEG standard image file format) delivered via email or on CD, of any utilities/piping that
are installed underground with a reference drawing indicating which direction each
picture is taken. The reference drawing shall dimension the utility/piping from a prominent
fixed object.
GUARANTEES:
A.
Furnish a written guarantee covering each category of work..
B.
Guarantee shall be furnished in exact conformity with the requirements of the General
Conditions.
CONTINUITY OF SERVICE:
A.
All work shall be scheduled with that of other trades. The following conditions shall apply
to all affected work.
B.
Before disconnecting any existing systems for changes, the Contractor shall:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.11
GENERAL PROVISIONS - HVAC
Section 230010
Have all materials needed stored at the job site.
Have assurance that all labor and skilled mechanics needed will be available at
the proper time.
Estimate the time the system will be out of service and inform the Owner in
writing.
Secure approval of the shutdown dates from the Owner in writing before
disconnecting the system.
C.
See General Conditions for correct procedures involving shut-downs of any utilities.
D.
Work shall be done at such time and in such manner as to cause minimum
inconvenience to the Owner and as approved by him or his representative. No allowance
will be made for lack of knowledge of existing conditions.
EXISTING CONDITIONS:
A.
Existing systems and equipment shall remain unchanged except where otherwise
specified or shown on the drawings.
B.
Where pipes, ducts, or controls that are to remain in service are disconnected for removal
of equipment or because of building alterations, they shall be reconnected to match the
existing installation. Onus shall be on the contractor to restore altered or modified system
to a proper working condition.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.12
1.13
C.
The remodeling work to be done in the existing building shall be coordinated with work of
other trades. New piping, ducts, or controls shall be run to point of connection to existing
piping and tie-ins shall be made in such a manner as to afford minimum inconvenience to
building occupants and operation.
D.
All pipe, valves, fittings, etc., which are removed from the existing building shall become
the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the premises. Due allowances
shall be made for this material in the bid.
E.
Existing work shall be relocated as shown on the drawings.
F.
Existing work shall be removed as shown on the drawings.
G.
Work shall include the removal or extension of and connection to parts of the existing
work, and all changes in the existing system to make it conform to changes in the
building.
H.
Piping rendered useless by the removal of walls, partitions, fixtures, etc., shall be
removed and the outlets at the main plugged behind the finish surfaces.
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
A.
Instructions: Instruct the Owner's representative in operation of the installed systems. The
basis of these instructions shall be those written for inclusion in the maintenance and
operating instruction data specified herein. Obtain certificates, signed by the Owner's
representative, that these instructions have been received.
B.
Notification: Notify the Owner at least five days before commencing operating period for
refrigeration and heating equipment, as specified herein, in order that the Owner's
representative may be present during that period.
DOCUMENTATION:
A.
Documents to be submitted prior to request for final inspection:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Maintenance Manuals per Section 23 01 00.
Test and Balance Report.
Three copies of multi-year warranties bound in a brochure with index listing
equipment.
Data to be Delivered at Final Inspection:
1.
2.
1.14
GENERAL PROVISIONS - HVAC
Section 230010
Record Drawings.
Certificate by Owner's representative confirming that operating instructions have
been received.
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Procedure: Refer to the GENERAL CONDITIONS and SUPPLEMENTS thereto for
submittal procedure of items called for in the Contract Documents.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
GENERAL PROVISIONS - HVAC
Section 230010
B.
Submittal data covering the work of this Division will be reviewed only after such items
have been reviewed in detail and approved by the Contractor, such approval being
indicated by suitable notations or stamp on the data.
C.
Each submittal shall be clearly marked indicating Section and paragraph for which it is
intended. Any deviations, exclusions or substitutions from specified material requirements
shall be specifically identified in a summary sheet at the front of the submittal.
D.
Where submittal sheets contain multiple products or selections, the specific item being
submitted for review shall be clearly indicated with a red arrow (stamped or hand written).
“Catalog” submittals (multiple items contained in the submittal, specific items not
identified) will be rejected and not reviewed.
E.
Submit the requested submittals in sufficient quantity to provide two copies in addition to
those required by Contractor.
F.
All fan and pump submittals shall include performance curves indicating flow, pressure,
efficiency, and power requirements. For pumps, adjacent impeller selections shall be
included. For fans, alternate RPM curves shall be included.
G.
Motor Tabulation on all motors furnished listing the following nameplate data:
Horsepower, voltage, phase and full load amps.
H.
Submittal List: See the individual Mechanical Specification Sections for specific submittal
requirements.
END OF SECTION 230010
FMD NO. 1310234
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF HVAC SYSTEMS
Section 230100
SECTION 230100
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF HVAC SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
Provide manual in number of copies indicated under Section 230010 - General Provisions HVAC.
1.2
Material submitted in the manuals shall represent the equipment manufacturer, model, and type
installed on the project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
Maintenance and Operating Manuals shall consist of the following as a minimum:
A.
Hardback three ring binders with job name and Owner's name and work order (WO #)
and Bid number on the cover.
B.
Typed index listing name, address, and phone number of the General Contractor, HVAC
Subcontractor, Insulation Subcontractor, Sheetmetal Subcontractor, and Controls
Subcontractor, and all major equipment suppliers.
C.
Typed table of contents, listing each Section, title, and number.
D.
All Sections shall be tabbed with plastic tabs listing Section numbers.
E.
Each item of equipment requiring maintenance and operation data as noted in each
specification section shall be provided with an index listing the types of equipment
installed. Submittal data shall be included to the extent necessary to identify equipment,
including summary sheet, such as model, size, air or water flow, pressure developed,
speed, and motor size. Instructions shall include type and suggested frequency of
maintenance, oiling, cleaning, disassembly, and reassembly directions, and wiring
diagrams.
F.
Make, model, serial number and purchase order number of every item of equipment shall
be identified on all documentation
G.
One section shall include a complete set of record control drawings, bound in a plastic
insert, full size, complete with a written sequence of operation for all control systems.
H.
Letters, where factory startup or checking has been required, certifying completion of
performance.
I.
Provide three (3) hard copy sets and one electronic set of all aforementioned items in
PDF format to the owner.
J.
Contractor's signed warranty letter certifying all work has been completed as required
and stating what date warranty shall end.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
K.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF HVAC SYSTEMS
Section 230100
Table showing all major pieces of equipment and when the warranty of the equipment
expires.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
All maintenance and operating manuals shall be complete and ready to turn over to Owner's
representative at final inspection.
3.2
Incomplete manuals will be returned to the Contractor for complete resubmission. Loose-leaf
submittal of material at various stages of completion will not be acceptable.
3.3
Contractor to submit to Engineer of Record for review 2 weeks prior to completion of project.
3.4
TRAINING:
A.
UVC Emitters/Lamps
1.
Personnel Safety Training
a.
Workers should be provided with as much training as necessary,
including health and safety training, and some degree of training in
handling lamps and materials. Workers should be made aware of
hazards in the work area and trained in precautions to protect
themselves. Training topics include
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
b.
c.
d.
FMD NO. 1310234
UV exposure hazards
Electrical safety
Lock-out/tag-out
Health hazards of mercury
Rotating machinery
Slippery condensate pans
Sharp unfinished edges
Confined-space entry (if applicable)
Emergency procedures
Workers expected to clean up broken lamps should be trained in proper
protection, cleanup, and disposal.
No personnel should be subject to direct UV exposure, but if exposure is
unavoidable, personnel should wear protective clothing (no exposed
skin), protective eyewear, and gloves. Most eyewear, including
prescription glasses, area sufficient to protect eyes from UV, but not all
offer complete coverage; standard-issue protective goggles may be the
best alternative.
If individual lamp operating condition must be observed, this should
preferably be done using the viewing window(s).
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
e.
f.
g.
h.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF HVAC SYSTEMS
Section 230100
Access to lamps should only be allowed when lamps are deenergized.
The lamps should be turned off before air-handling unit (AHU) or fan
shutdown to allow the lamps to cool and to purge any ozone in the lamp
chamber (if ozone-producing lamps are used). If AHUs or fans are
deenergized first, the lamp chamber should be opened and allowed to
ventilate for several minutes. Workers should always wear protective
eyewear and puncture-resistant gloves for protection in case a lamp
breaks.
Access to the lamp chamber should follow a site-specific lock-out/tag-out
procedure. Do not rely on panel and door safety switches as the sole
method to ensure lamp deenergizing. Doors may be inadvertently closed
or switches may be inadvertently contacted, resulted in unexpected lamp
activation.
If workers will enter the condensate are of equipment, the condensate
pan should be drained and any residual water removed.
In general, avoid performance readings with the fan running and workers
inside an AHU (e.g., to test for output reduction caused by air cooling).
Tests of this nature should be instrumented and monitored from outside
the equipment.
END OF SECTION 230100
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Section 230500
SECTION 230500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section of specifications deals with materials and methods pertaining to all
work specified under Division 23.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions Mechanical
B.
Section 230523 HVAC Valves and Strainers
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide submittal data showing starter dimensions, weight, electrical requirements, and
service access requirements.
C.
Provide submittal data showing motor horsepower, electrical requirements, and
efficiency.
D.
Provide submittal data showing firestop systems, including details for penetrations and
instructions for installation
E.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
F.
Provide submittal data on Fire Stopping and associated wall labeling signage.
JOB CONDITIONS:
A.
Install all apparatus so as to maintain maximum headroom and clearances consistent
with requirements of the drawings and specifications.
B.
All equipment requiring service shall be installed to permit access for servicing without
damage to building structure or finishes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
DRIVES:
A.
Belt drives shall be sized for 150% of motor horsepower. Motor pulleys shall be cast iron,
adjustable pitch for 15 hp and below, fixed pitch above 15 hp.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.2
2.3
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Section 230500
B.
Drive speeds scheduled are estimated; provide fixed or adjustable pitch sheaves
necessary to deliver scheduled air quantities based on actual static pressure in the
system.
C.
Multiple belt drives shall be used on motors 5 horsepower and larger.
DRIVE GUARDS:
A.
Drive guards shall be provided for all driven equipment. Drive guards shall be designed to
meet OSHA requirements. Belt guards shall be constructed to meet SMACNA Low
Pressure Duct Construction Standard, 1985, Appendix Figure 31.
B.
Belt drive guards shall be constructed of galvanized expanded metal reinforced with
galvanized angle steel frame. Guard shall be welded or formed of one piece of material.
C.
Provide minimum 3" diameter access plate at motor shaft and driven apparatus shaft for
belt guards. Access plates shall be attached with aircraft type locking wing nuts.
D.
Drive guards shall be rigidly bolted to the frame of the equipment. All drive guards shall
be removable.
MOTORS:
A.
Provide motors for all equipment required by the Mechanical Sections unless otherwise
specified. Motors shall operate using Electrical characteristics shown on the Drawings
and as specified. Multiple units of the same manufacturers equipment shall be furnished
with motors by one manufacturer. Motors shall be Century, Gold, Louis-Allies, Reliance,
General Electric, Balder, Westinghouse, Marathon, or US Motors, except where furnished
as part of packaged equipment.
B.
Standards: Except where otherwise specified, motors shall be manufactured according to
NEMA Standards. They shall be NEMA Design B, Continuous Duty, 1.15 service factor,
Insulation Class F, 40oC. ambient and 40oC. rise. Hermetic motors shall be manufactured
according to ARI Standards.
C.
Efficiency: All design A & B squirrel-cage, foot mounted, single speed T-frame induction
motors 1 hp and larger having synchronous speeds of 3600, 1800, and 1200, rpm shall
have a nominal full-load motor efficiency no less than that shown below or shall be
classified under NEMA standard as “ENERGY EFFICIENT”: Please see the chart entitled
“Minimal Nominal Full-Load Efficiencies (%)” at the end of this section.
D.
Sizes:
1.
2.
FMD NO. 1310234
Motors with standard NEMA Electrical characteristics shall be selected for the
design brake horsepower without overload current at rated voltage. Motor
horsepower rating shall not exceed 125% of the calculated maximum load being
served. If a standard rated motor is not available within the range, the next larger
standard motor size shall be used.
Motors with special electrical characteristics, such as hermetic refrigeration
motors, shall be selected to product the brake horsepower required for the
specified load without overload current at rated voltage.
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.
2.4
2.5
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Section 230500
Motors used with variable speed adjustable frequency controllers shall be
suitable for inverter duty use, constructed in compliance with NEMA Standard
MG 1-1998 Part 31 and selected to operate with the control characteristics and
amperage limitations of the specific inverter selected.
E.
Enclosures: Motor enclosures shall be open drip-proof, except where otherwise specified.
Motors for equipment installed where subject to weather shall be fan cooled, totally
enclosed weatherproof type, unless fully protected by a waterproof housing.
F.
Nameplates: All motors shall have a nameplate showing the specified nominal system
voltage as nameplate rated voltage. Each motor shall be guaranteed to operate
satisfactorily at the specified nominal system voltage, plus or minus 10%.
CONTACTORS:
A.
Contactors shall be magnetic designed for resistance heating and tested for 100,000
cycles. Contacts shall be silver alloy. Enclosure shall meet the requirements of U.L. 508
with NEMA Type 1 indoors, and Type 3R outdoors. Provide one set of auxiliary contacts
and control transformer with fused, grounded secondary. Holding coil voltage shall not
exceed 120 volts.
B.
Manufacturers: Clark Controller, Arrow-Hart, Cutler-Hammer, Allen-Bradley, Square D,
Joslyn Clark, or Furnas.
STARTERS:
A.
Manufacturers: Cutler-Hammer, Square D, Furnas, Joslyn Clark, or Allen-Bradley.
B.
Except as otherwise specified, furnish starter, providing thermal overload protection, for
each motor specified herein. Overload elements shall be sized to protect motors.
Overload protection shall be provided in each motor leg. Auxiliary contacts, NEMA A600
rated, shall be provided for wiring specified under "Controls". Contacts shall be Form C
type, open on alarm. Provide two spare normally open and two spare normally closed
contacts. Starters shall be constructed and rated for 50,000 amps withstand rating.
C.
Unless noted otherwise, all automatically controlled motor starters shall be furnished with
"hand-off-auto" selector switch, reset button and LED pilot light in cover.
D.
All three phase starters serving motors over 208 volts shall have control transformer with
fused 120 volt secondary. Holding coils shall be 120 volt. Provide overload protection for
each of three phases. Enclosures shall be NEMA Type 1 for indoor locations and NEMA
Type 3R for outdoor locations, unless otherwise noted.
E.
All manual single phase starters shall be furnished with LED pilot light, NEMA Type 1
enclosure indoors, and NEMA Type 3R outdoors. Starters located in finished spaces
shall be furnished with flush mounting enclosures.
F.
Provide engraved plastic nameplate for each starter with description of equipment
served. Nameplate shall state source of circuit, load served, circuit number if used,
voltage and phase.
G.
Provide combination undervoltage/anti-single-phase protection relay, Time Mark Model
265, installed inside starter enclosure.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
H.
2.6
Provide oversized starter enclosures where required to enable installation of Time Mark
device, specified above.
SUPPORTS AND HANGERS:
A.
Individual horizontal piping shall be supported as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B.
Steel piping with painted clevis hangers.
Hangers in contact with copper piping shall be copper plated swivel ring type.
Hangers around insulated copper piping shall be galvanized steel swivel ring
type.
Copper piping exposed adjacent to structure shall be secured with copper plated
pipe clamp.
All attachments in contact with copper piping shall be copper, copper plated or
plastic coated.
Horizontal, parallel and adjacent piping shall be supported by gang hangers
utilizing PVC coated channel and PVC coated standard pipe clamps or approved
equal.
Concealed vertical piping shall be supported as follows:
1.
2.
Steel and cast iron piping with painted riser clamps.
Copper piping with copper plated riser clamps.
C.
Exposed Vertical Piping shall be supported by attachment to wall at midpoint with offset
pipe clamps. Clamp for uninsulated copper piping shall be copper plated or plastic
coated.
D.
Pipe in Chases:
1.
E.
2.7
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Section 230500
Piping in pipe chases shall be secured to building structure using attachments
hereinbefore specified. Hangers for water piping within plumbing chases shall be
supported with rods bolted to pipe clamps which shall be affixed to cast iron pipe.
Piping may be supported from the more rigid cast iron pipe with the use of plastic
brackets designed for that purpose.
Hangers and pipe attachments, except where otherwise specified shall be Elcen,
Michigan Hanger Company, B-Line, or Grinnell.
STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS:
A.
Concrete Fasteners:
1.
2.
Fasteners shall be self-drilling type, Locke Mfg. Co. "Bull Dog", Phillips "Red
Head", or Diamond "Blue-Cut".
Fasteners shall be used in solid masonry walls and shall be used in solid
concrete walls.
B.
Toggle Bolts with not less than 1/4" diameter bolts shall be used in hollow type wall
construction.
C.
Clamps of configuration compatible with beams and steel members shall be used in steel
construction. Clamps shall be Grinnell, Michigan Hanger Company, Elcen, or B-Line.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
D.
2.8
2.9
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Section 230500
Hanger rods shall be selected to safely carry the load to be supported and shall not be
less than the diameter listed by the hanger manufacturers for the specific size hanger
used.
FIRESTOP SEALANT:
A.
Firestop sealant shall be a synthetic elastomer caulk, strip, or sheet designed for use as
a one part fire, smoke, and gas sealant. Material shall be intumescent and capable of
being installed with caulk gun, shears, and putty knife. Material shall be UL classified and
Factory Mutual approved for sealing in floors, walls, or partitions to 3 hour rating per
ASTM E-814.
B.
Fire barrier material shall be 3M Fire Barrier Sheet, Strip, and Caulk.
C.
Contractor shall be required to provide verification of purchase to owner of product
provided for fire stopping penetrations through rated partitions.
D.
The owner reserves the right to verify that the correct thickness of material has been
provided at fire-stopped penetrations by cutting out sections at random at no extra cost to
the contract.
E.
Fire stop installer shall post labels at all fire stopped penetrations to identify “hour rating”,
UL System, etc. Submit samples with shop drawing submittals.
F.
The installing contractor shall be trained and authorized by the manufacturer of the fire
stop product used to do the work; authorization shall be included in product submittals.
G.
The manufacturer’s local representative shall be required to periodically visit the site to
review the work done and make recommendations to the owner on the work done. A site
visit report shall be submitted to the owner.
H.
Floor penetrations in all mechanical spaces shall be sealed and water-proofed.
ASBESTOS: All materials used in this work shall be asbestos free.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION:
A.
All work shall be installed plumb and square unless clearly indicated otherwise.
Installation shall be performed by competent persons, trained in their respective skills.
B.
Furnish and install equipment complete, including connections, services and adjustments
for systems to operate safely and in compliance with requirements of the contract.
C.
Install each item in full compliance with current recommendations of the manufacturer.
Equipment manufacturer or his authorized representative shall furnish services and/or
supervision necessary to ensure compliance with this provision. Conflict between
manufacturer's recommendation and other contract requirements shall be resolved
before installation.
FMD NO. 1310234
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
D.
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Section 230500
Requirements of the several acceptable manufacturers for each specified item of
equipment may vary as to installation details, location and number of connections,
dimensions and weight. Provide all drawings, services, material, and labor necessary for
the installation and proper functioning of the equipment furnished.
PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
A.
Take precautions to protect all materials and equipment from damage during the
construction process.
B.
Do not store materials an equipment outdoors subject to weather without complete
weather protection.
C.
Do not install materials or equipment in a partially constructed structure exposed to
weather, unless all material and equipment is continuously protected from damage by
weather or the construction process.
D.
Material and equipment damaged by improper protection during construction is subject to
replacement based on the judgment of the Engineer at no cost to the Owner.
CUTTING AND REPAIRING:
A.
Cut and repair all walls, floors, and ceilings necessary for the installation of the
mechanical work, but no cutting of work of other trades will be permitted without the
consent of the Architect or his representative.
B.
All cutting and repairing of walls, floors, and ceilings shall be subject to the supervision
and approval of the Contractor.
CLEANING AND FINAL CLEAN-UP:
A.
Keep the premises free of waste, debris and surplus materials.
B.
After equipment has been installed, remove all extraneous materials, rust and stains;
blow, vacuum or flush all foreign matter from all equipment.
C.
Identification plates on equipment shall be free of paint and shall be polished.
DRIVES AND GUARDS:
A.
All belt drive alignments shall be properly checked and set prior to starting machinery.
B.
Adjust drives to deliver air quantities scheduled at actual static pressures. Change
sheaves to meet actual conditions, if required.
C.
Provide one set of spare belts to be turned over to the Owner at the completion of the
work for each air handling unit drive.
D.
All equipment guards shall be OSHA compliant and installed prior to operation of
equipment.
FMD NO. 1310234
6
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Section 230500
3.6
MOTOR VOLTAGES: All motor voltages shall be checked with the electrical drawings prior to
preparation of submittals or ordering of equipment.
3.7
MOTOR STARTER OVERLOADS: Motor overload heaters shall be sized and installed to protect
the actual motor furnished.
3.8
PIPING SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS:
A.
Combination riser clamps may be used where more than one pipe passes through floors.
B.
Riser clamps for support of risers shall span penetration of slot or sleeve in floor. In
exposed location, use short span clamps.
C.
Hang all piping so that equipment flanges and connections bear none of weight of piping.
At pump suction and discharges, piping shall be supported free of pump casing through
the use of base elbows.
D.
Horizontal supports shall be spaced as follows:
1.
2.
E.
Vertical supports shall be spaced as follows:
1.
2.
3.9
3.10
Steel piping at not more than 10' intervals.
Copper piping 1-inch and smaller at 8' intervals; larger than 1-inch at 10'
intervals.
Steel piping at every other story height.
Copper piping larger than 1-inch at every other story height; 1-inch and smaller at
every story height.
HANGER SIZES:
A.
Hangers shall be sized to fit the pipe except for the insulated piping, in which case
hangers shall be of size for pipe and insulation to pass through.
B.
See Insulation for Pipe Saddles.
STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS:
A.
Inserts shall be used for individual loads exceeding 150 lbs. Concrete fasteners may be
used where approved in writing by Architect for individual loads of 150 lbs. or less.
B.
Inserts shall be secured to the forms before the pouring of concrete. In all spaces with
exposed concrete ceilings, the openings not filled with rods and nut shall be filled with
cement grout flush with the ceiling.
C.
Shooting of fasteners into the slab shall be allowed only in approved locations.
D.
Devices for connection to the structure shall not be loaded more than 75% of the
manufacturer's rated load.
FMD NO. 1310234
7
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.11
3.12
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Section 230500
FIRESTOP SEALING FLOOR AND WALL PENETRATIONS:
A.
Where ductwork, piping, control tubing, and conduit penetrate fire or smoke rated walls
and floors, the penetration shall be sealed with fire barrier herein specified.
B.
Fire barrier shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.
Material shall be installed with sufficient depth to maintain a fire endurance rating
equivalent to that of the adjacent wall or floor.
LUBRICATION: All equipment installed under this division shall be properly lubricated in
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations before it is operated
during the installation period, and shall be checked again before final acceptance.
END OF SECTION 230500
FMD NO. 1310234
8
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
Section 230514
SECTION 230514
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the requirements for the adjustable frequency variable
torque voltage source drive controller (VFD).
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions - HVAC
B.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
C.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
D.
Section 230923 Building Automation System
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide VFD shop drawings, include dimensioned drawings, system wiring diagrams,
termination details, data sheets describing all major components and electrical
characteristics plainly demonstrating compliance with each specification requirement.
C.
Provide data for each VFD consisting of: Wiring length from VFD to motor, load side
accessories, and minimum recommended conductor size.
D.
Provide copy of warranty.
E.
Provide manufacturer’s instruction, indicate installation and support requirements.
F.
Provide manufacturer’s certificate indicating that the unit’s construction meets or exceeds
the seismic force requirements as specified in Section 23 05 48 Vibration and Seismic
Controls for HVAC.
G.
Provide operation and maintenance procedures; include detailed drawings, parts lists,
physical component for layout drawings and control diagrams with wire numbers indicated
for controller. Provide manufacturer’s published recommended procedures for preventative
maintenance, repair and normal operation of the controller all components.
H.
Copy of confirmation from manufacturer certifying burn-in of equipment and factory
testing.
I.
Copy of manufacturers dated warranty.
J.
Provide data showing minimum required VFD cooling fan CFM.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
Section 230514
1.4
MOTOR PROTECTION: Prior to releasing any pricing data on the VFD(s) required for this
project, the VFD vendor shall verify the approximate wiring length from the VFD to the associated
motor. Based on the specific VFD manufacturer’s published recommendations, the VFD vendor
shall provide any additional accessorizes (output reactor, output filter, etc.) required to insure
reliable, long-term operation of the driven motor. The VFD vendor shall also advise the
purchasing party if the VFD manufacturer’s published recommendations require larger electrical
conductors then are currently shown on the construction documents.
1.5
FACTORY TESTING:
A.
The VFD shall be burned in a minimum of 24 hours prior to leaving the factory. During
the burn-in period the VFD shall be cycled between no load and full load continuously.
The Architect shall be given 72 hours advance notice in writing of factory testing and the
Architect and Owner shall be permitted to witness such testing.
B.
During the factory testing, all normal operating modes, indications, controls, failure
modes and alarms shall be tested and demonstrated.
1.6
WARRANTY: The VFD shall be warranted by the manufacturer for a period of 30 months from
the date of start-up by factory authorized technician. The warranty shall state that all warranty
repair will be performed on-site within 24 hours at no cost to the Owner.
1.7
FACTORY START-UP SERVICE: The VFD manufacturer shall provide on-site start-up service
performed by a factory trained and authorized technician. The technician shall verify correct
installation; start up the drive; check for proper operation; verify wiring to, and driven motor
comply with, published recommendations; demonstrate all operational and failure modes to the
Owner; assist in interface of the drive with the temperature control system; and provide
operational training to the Owner’s personnel. The technician shall remain on site at no extra cost
to the Owner until the Engineer has acknowledged that all of the obligations listed above have
been performed.
1.8
DIVISION OF WORK: The VFD shall receive input from the Automatic Temperature Control
System (ATC) specified under another Division. Provide control input interface compatible with
input from ATC.
1.9
SPARES:
A.
Provide two (2) replacement fuses for each fuse used in the drive.
B.
Include letter from manufacturer’s representative indicating that spare parts are available
in 48 hours.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS:
A.
The entire variable speed drive assembly shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories,
Standard UL 508. The variable speed drive shall convert three phase 60hz power to
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
Section 230514
adjustable frequency and voltage, three phase, for stepless motor speed control from
10% to 100% of the motors 60hz speed.
2.2
B.
The VFD shall include in one cabinet a converter, an inverter and a manual transfer
bypass switch. Input line reactors of 5% impedance or 5% D.C. link reactor shall provided
for each variable speed drive. Dimensions shall not exceed those shown on the
Drawings.
C.
Full-wave diode bridge rectifiers shall be used on units 25 HP and smaller. Input line
noise shall be limited to a voltage distortion factory and line notch depth as defined in
IEEE Standard 519-1981, Guide for Harmonic Control and Reactive Compensation of
Static Power Converters. The VFD shall comply with the applicable requirements of
ANSI, IEEE and NEC. The drive shall be UL/ETL listed and conform to UL 508.
D.
The inverter section of the drive shall invert the variable DC voltage into a waveform.
E.
The continuous output rating shall be 110% of the nameplate full load rating of the
induction motor used in fan service as specified under other Divisions.
REQUIRED FEATURES:
A.
NEMA 12 wall mounted enclosure with all operator controls on the front panel. Rear
access shall not be required for installation, operation or maintenance. Controller shall be
withstand rated for 35,000 amps RMS symmetrical, unless otherwise noted. Enclosure
shall be rated for full operating capacity at 104°F.
B.
Hand/Off/Auto Selector.
C.
Manual/Auto selector to select local or remote speed control.
D.
Disconnects for input and bypass power terminals with fuses installed. In lieu of
disconnects, equipment may be provided with interlocked input, bypass and output
contactors.
E.
Manual speed control - locking ten turn potentiometer or Up/Down push-button with
infinite speeds.
F.
Indicators for input available, output from drive on, drive fault.
G.
Digital meter indicating percent speed and percent load or RMS amps output.
H.
Two (2) drive running aux contacts for Owner use.
I.
Two (2) Drive fault aux contacts for Owner use.
J.
Auto restart after adjustable time delay (0-300 sec) after loss of input power. No autorestart after fault shutdown. Provide jumper or switch to defeat auto-restart and require
manual restart.
K.
Protection against damage from line transients in accordance with IEEE standards.
L.
Protection from damage due to input under or overvoltage and phase loss. Protection
from damage due to output current overload or overcurrent.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.3
2.4
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
Section 230514
M.
Protection from damage due to overtemperature within the drive enclosure.
N.
Protection from damage due to DC bus overvoltage.
O.
DC bus discharge circuit for maintenance.
P.
No sensitivity to input phase sequence.
Q.
Input signal isolation circuit to allow use of floating signal with no ground reference.
R.
Compatibility with input signal of all native BacNet controls manufacturers equipment
without a need for gateways. Provide RS 485 communications interface capable of twoway communications.
S.
Three phase motor overcurrent protection.
T.
Analog output signal for remote indication of motor speed, either 0-10v DC grounded or
4-20mA ungrounded.
U.
Permanent machine made wire number on each end of each control conductor.
Permanent terminal number for each terminal strip.
ADJUSTMENTS:
A.
Maximum speed: 50 to 100% of base speed.
B.
Minimum speed: 0 to 50% of base speed.
C.
Acceleration time: 3 to 120 seconds.
D.
Deceleration time: 3 to 120 seconds.
E.
Current limit: 0 to 110%.
SERVICE CONDITIONS:
A.
0 to 50˙C ambient.
B.
0 to 95% relative humidity.
C.
Input line voltage variation +/- 10%.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.5
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
Section 230514
ACCEPTABLE: Basis of design shall be A.B.B. AC-550 or approved equal by Danfoss Graham,
and Yaskawa.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
Contractor shall verify that all motors driven by a VFD shall be inverter duty.
3.2
Install drives as noted on the plans. Do not mount VFD to any equipment.
3.3
Receive and install the equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and
instructions. Manufacturer’s representative shall start up and place in service, after all
adjustments, each variable speed drive. Submit report of final settings for each control point.
3.4
Protect the equipment from moisture and contamination during installation.
3.5
Tighten all bus joints and connections to manufacturers recommended torque settings prior to
energization.
3.6
Lace up all wiring using nylon ties.
END OF SECTION 230514
FMD NO. 1310234
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
PRESSURE GAUGES AND VALVES
Section 230520
SECTION 230520
PRESSURE GAUGES AND VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the pressure gauge and gauge valve requirements.
1.2
RELATED SECTION: Section 232113 Hydronic Piping
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
Gauges shall be ANSI Grade A, dial indicating type, with 4½" dial and stainless steel case,
Plexiglas cover and ring. Bearings shall be bronze.
2.2
Accuracy shall be within 1% of full scale range.
2.3
Pressure ranges of gauges shall be as follows:
Unless otherwise specified:
Pump suction:
Pump discharge:
0-160 psig
30" vacuum-160 psig
0 to 160-300 psig
2.4
Needle valves shall be made of brass with teflon packing.
2.5
Gauge cocks shall be polished brass 200 psi rated cocks with lever handle.
2.6
Gauges shall be manufactured Trerice Model 450, or equivalent by Weksler.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
Gauges shall be located and installed so as to be conveniently read from the floor.
3.2
Gauges shall be installed upright in a vertical plane when not more than seven feet (7’) above the
floor.
3.3
Provide a gauge cock at each pressure gauge installation.
3.4
Install other gauge cocks and needle valves where shown on the plans.
END OF SECTION 230520
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
TEMPERATURE GAUGES AND TEST WELLS
Section 230521
SECTION 230521
TEMPERATURE GAUGES AND TEST WELLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the thermometer and thermometer well requirements.
1.2
RELATED SECTION: Section 232113 Hydronic Piping
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
THERMOMETERS:
A.
Thermometers shall be industrial liquid actuated in glass type with 3-1/2" aluminum case,
every angle adjustment mount, plexiglass cover, and separable brass socket with 2½"
lagging extension.
B.
Temperature range of thermometers shall be as follows:
Chilled Water Piping:
Hot Water Piping:
2.2
2.3
30-130F.
30-300F.
C.
Accuracy within 1% of full scale range.
D.
Thermometers shall be by Trerice V8, or equivalent by Weksler.
TEST WELLS:
A.
Shall be brass with brass plug and chain. Wells shall have 2½" lagging extension.
B.
Thermometers shall be by Trerice or equivalent by Weksler.
TEST PLUGS:
A.
Test plugs shall be solid brass temperature and pressure test station, ¼" MPT size,
standard length, Nordel valve core, manufactured by Peterson Equipment Company Inc.
B.
Furnish a test kit consisting of 0-100 psi pressure gauge, gauge adapter, 25F-125F
pocket thermometer and protective carrying case.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION:
A.
Install thermometers in wells where shown on the plans and details. Thermometers shall
be located and installed so as to be conveniently read from the floor.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
TEMPERATURE GAUGES AND TEST WELLS
Section 230521
B.
Wells shall be installed vertical or inclined and filled with light oil.
C.
Test plugs shall not be covered by insulation.
D.
Obtain receipt from Owner's representative for test plug kit.
END OF SECTION 230521
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
HVAC VALVES AND STRAINERS
Section 230523
SECTION 230523
HVAC VALVES AND STRAINERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the valves and strainers common to the heating and air
conditioning piping systems of Division 23.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
A.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
B.
Section 232000 Pipe, Fittings, and Accessories
C.
Section 232113 Hydronic Piping
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
All gate, globe and check valves provided under Mechanical Sections shall be of the
same domestic manufacture, except as otherwise specified.
B.
All other valves of a given type shall be by the same domestic manufacturer.
C.
All valves shall have asbestos-free packing and gaskets.
D.
High zinc alloys, above 15%, are subject to dezincification, since zinc is a very active
metal. All brass alloys used in valves shall contain a maximum of 15% zinc.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
CHECK VALVES IN HORIZONTAL PIPE:
A.
Valves 2" and under shall be 125 (150, 200, 300) lb class bronze body, threaded, swing
type, with full flow area and renewable composition or Teflon disc stainless hinge pin,
meeting MSS SP-80. Seats shall be selected for steam or water service, as required.
Valves shall be Hammond Model IB940 or approved equal by Milwaukee, Nibco, Powell
or Stockham/Crane.
B.
Valves 2½" and over shall be 125 (200, 250) lb class ASTM A-126 class B cast iron
body, flanged, bolted cap, with bronze trim and renewable composition disc meeting
MSS SP-7l, Type 1. Seats shall be selected for steam or water service, as required.
Valves shall be Hammond Model IR1124 or approved equal by Milwaukee, Nibco, Powell
or Stockham/Crane.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.2
HVAC VALVES AND STRAINERS
Section 230523
CHECK VALVES IN VERTICAL PIPE:
A.
Valves 2" and under shall be bronze construction, silent spring type, screwed with
stainless steel spring and resilient seat. Valves shall be rated for 200 psi non shock
WOG.
B.
Valves 2½" and over shall be 125 (250) lb class silent cast iron body lug type, flat face,
bronze trimmed, with stainless steel spring and resilient seat.
C.
Seats shall be selected for steam or water service as required.
D.
Vertical check valves shall be Muessco/Mueller, Hammond, Mission, Milwaukee or
Nibco.
2.3
BALL VALVES: 2" and under shall be bronze body, threaded, full or 90% port, blowout proof
stem, solid stainless or chromed ball, extended neck, handle with memory stop rated for 600 psi
non shock WOG, quarter turn and meeting Federal Specification WW-V-35B, Type 2. Ball valves
shall be Apollo model 77C, or approved equal by Hammond, Nibco or Watts.
2.4
BUTTERFLY VALVES - CONTROLLED: 2½" and larger shall be 150 lb class, lugged body type
with ASTM A-126 class B cast iron or ductile iron body, extended neck, double offset design,
stainless steel shaft, bronze or ductile iron disc, stainless steel or bronze shaft bushings and
RTFE seat designed for service at 200°F minimum. Seat shall be field replaceable. Lugged body
shall be full rated for bi-directional dead end service. All valves shall be factory tested and
guaranteed bubble tight at 150 psi differential. Valve shall be Tyco-Keystone model K-LOK series
36 or approved equal.
2.5
BUTTERFLY VALVES - MANUAL: 2½" and larger shall be 150 lb class, lugged body type with
ASTM A-126 class B cast iron or ductile iron body, extended neck, double offset design, stainless
steel shaft, bronze or ductile iron disc, stainless steel or bronze shaft bushings and RTFE seat
designed for service at 200°F minimum. Seat shall be field replaceable. Lugged body shall be full
rated for bi-directional dead end service. All valves shall be factory tested and guaranteed bubble
tight at 250 psi differential. Valve shall be Tyco-Keystone model 222 or approved equal.
2.6
BALANCING VALVES: Valves 2” and under shall be ball type threaded for steel pipe, solder
joint for copper pipe. Valves shall be line size, bronze body suitable for shut-off service, memory
stop, 200 psig working pressure construction with pressure ports for adjusting flow within  3%.
Valves shall be Tour and Anderson Model 787 STAD.
2.7
STEAM VALVES: 1/8" to 2" valves used for Steam and Steam Condensate shall be threaded
gate valves equal to Nibco or Milwaukee Valve.
2.8
TRIPLE DUTY VALVES shall not be allowed.
2.9
RELIEF VALVES for water systems shall be full size minimum, ASME rated for 250 psi and
stamped. Valves 2" and under shall be all bronze construction. Pressure settings shall be as
specified or shown on the plans. Valves shall be Kunkle, Spirax Sarco or Watts.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
HVAC VALVES AND STRAINERS
Section 230523
2.10
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES shall be 125 lb class all bronze type with integral strainer.
Valve capacity shall be not less than 15 GPM at 20 psi differential pressure. Water valves shall
be Armstrong, Bell & Gossett, Thrush, or Watts. Provide pressure gauge downstream of all
pressure reducing valves.
2.11
STRAINERS:
A.
Strainers 2" and smaller shall be 125 (250) lb class iron or bronze body, threaded, 'Y'
type complete with screwed cap and basket.
B.
Strainers 2½" and larger shall be 125 (250) lb class iron body, flanged, bolted cover and
tapped outlet.
C.
Strainer baskets shall be as follows:
Service
Hot water, chilled water
D.
Material
Brass
Perforation
1/10"
Open Area
35%
Strainer shall be Crane, Hoffman, Keckley, Mueller, or Watts.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
BUTTERFLY VALVES shall be used for chilled water, condenser water and tempered water
systems sizes 2½" and larger.
3.2
BALL VALVES shall be used for chilled water, condenser water and tempered water systems in
pipe sizes 2" and smaller.
3.3
Valves shall be line size unless otherwise noted.
3.4
Ball valves installed in horizontal piping shall have valve stems upright where possible. Butterfly
valves shall be installed with the stem in the horizontal position where possible.
3.5
Set pressure-reducing valves for pressures noted on the plans.
3.6
Upon completion of piping system flushing and cleaning, the contractor shall remove all strainer
start-up screens/strainers and secure each to the associated strainer/suction diffuser until the
engineer can confirm their removal.
END OF SECTION 230523
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
VIBRATION ISOLATION
Section 230549
SECTION 230549
VIBRATION ISOLATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies vibration isolation requirements for Mechanical Systems.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions - HVAC
B.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide product data, including schedule of isolator type, associated equipment and load
at each point based on manufacturer’s operating weight, and actual deflection at each
loading point for each piece of isolated equipment.
C.
Provide manufacturer’s installation instructions, including setting and anchoring
instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURER: All vibration isolation equipment shall be furnished by one manufacturer.
Equipment shall be by Aeroflex (VMC), Amber-Booth, or Mason.
2.2
ISOLATION EQUIPMENT selection shall be based on actual mechanical equipment to be
installed, providing uniform load distribution and deflection.
2.3
ISOLATORS shall conform to the following:
A.
Type 1. Spring isolators, free standing, laterally stable, unhoused, bolt holes in base, top
leveling bolt, and neoprene acoustical isolation pad on base. Horizontal to vertical
stiffness ratio shall not be less than .8. Spring outside diameter shall not be less than .8
of the operating height. Minimum additional travel to solid shall not be less than 50% of
rated deflection.
B.
Type 2. Isolators shall be similar to Type 1 except housed. Isolators shall have, in
addition to Type 1 requirements, vertical adjustable limit stops, and inserts to isolate limit
stops from housing.
C.
Type 3. Neoprene double deflection base mount isolators with all metal surfaces covered,
bolt holes, and ribbed top and bottom.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
VIBRATION ISOLATION
Section 230549
D.
Type 4. Double deflection neoprene hanger type isolator with neoprene bushing between
hanger and rod housing to prevent metal to metal contact.
E.
Type 5. Combination hanger isolator with spring and double deflection neoprene element
in series and neoprene bushing in base to prevent metal to metal contact. Spring
diameter shall not be less than .8 of the operating height. Springs should have a
minimum deflection of one inch (1"), with not less than 50% additional travel to stop. Rod
shall be able to swing 20 out of alignment before contacting housing.
F.
Type 6. Twin sphere piping flexible connectors constructed of neoprene reinforced with
multi-layer nylon tire cord fabric and galvanized ductile iron flanges. Isolators shall be
complete with control cables and shall be rated for operation at 180 psi at 200°F.
G.
Type 7. Molded neoprene isolator pad, waffle molded surface top and bottom, selected
for loading of 40 psi unless noted otherwise. Pad shall be a minimum of ½” thick.
H.
Isolators located on systems outdoors shall have weatherproof finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
There shall be no direct contact of isolated piping or equipment with shaft walls, floor slabs,
partitions, or conduits.
3.2
Where recommended by the manufacturer, isolator base plates shall be bolted to the structure or
foundation. Bolting shall incorporate neoprene bushings and washers.
3.3
After installation, verify that isolators are properly adjusted, with springs perpendicular to bases or
housing, adjustment bolts are tightened up on equipment mountings, and hangers are not
cocked.
END OF SECTION 230549
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Section 230553
SECTION 230553
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the identification requirements for the mechanical
systems.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 2305 00 Common Work Results for HVAC Systems
C.
Section 232113 Hydronic Piping
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide product data showing label illustrations and application locations.
SUMMARY:
A.
Section includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.5
1.6
Plastic Coiled Pipe Markers.
Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Pipe Markers.
Underground Warning Tape.
Duct Identification.
Valve Tags and Schedules.
Engraved Plastic Signs.
Engraved Equipment Markers.
Plastic Tags.
REFERENCES:
A.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI A13.1-1985–Scheme for the
Identification of Piping Systems.
B.
Department of Labor 29 CFR 1910.1200.
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical product data and installation instructions
for each identification material and device required.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
B.
1.7
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Section 230553
Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and produced on
8½” x 11” bond paper. Include valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as
shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and any variations for identification. If
addition to framed copies, furnish extra copies for maintenance manuals as specified in
Division 1.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of identification
products of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use for a
period of five (5) years.
B.
Codes and Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field,
colors, and viewing angles of identification products.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS: Provide manufacturer’s standard products for
each application as referenced in this section.
2.2
PIPE MARKERS:
A.
Pressure-Sensitive Type: Provide manufacturer’s standard preprinted, permanent
adhesive, color-coded pressure sensitive vinyl labels complying with ANSI A13.1. Colorcoded plastic adhesive flow directional arrow tape, full circle at both ends of the pipe
marker, tape overlapped 1-1/2”. Use 1” tape for piping less than 2-1/2”, 2” tape for 2-1/2”
thru 8” piping; and 4” tape for larger piping.
1.
B.
2.3
Lettering: Comply with ANSI A 13.1 for piping system nomenclature. Abbreviate only as
necessary to accommodate marker length.
PLASTIC DUCT MARKERS: Pressure-Sensitive Type: Provide manufacturer’s standard
preprinted, 2 ¼” x 13”, permanent adhesive pressure sensitive vinyl duct markers complying with
ANSI A13.1 indicating duct service (supply, return, exhaust, etc.). Include separate directional
arrows to indicate airflow.
1.
2.4
Pipe markers in Offices/Classrooms where pipe is exposed shall be same size as
above and shall be clear background with black lettering.
Pipe markers in Offices/Classrooms where pipe is exposed shall be same size as
above and shall be clear background with black lettering.
VALVE TAGS:
A.
Plastic Tags: Provide manufacturer’s standard 1/16” plastic engraved tags, 1½” square,
black with white lettering, with ¼” high service indicator on top line and ½” numbers
below.
B.
Valve Tag Fasteners: Use solid brass “S” hooks for installation of valve tags.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Section 230553
C.
Chart Frames: Provide one (1) aluminum 8 ½” x 11” valve chart frame with glass lens for
each valve schedule provided.
D.
Access Panel Markers: Provide manufacturer’s standard 1/16” thick engraved plastic
access panel markers with abbreviations and numbers corresponding to the concealed
valve.
2.5
ENGRAVED PLASTIC EQUIPMENT MARKERS: Provide manufacture’s standard 1/16”
engraved equipment tags matching the terminology on schedules as closely as possible. Use
black with white letters, 1” x 3” or 1 ½” x 4” for control devices, dampers, and valves and 4” x 6”
for equipment. Use green with white letters, 3” long x the ceiling grid width for equipment above
lay-in ceilings.
2.6
PVC JACKET: Provide on all new piping insulation located in Basement Level Chiller Plant.
Protective jacket shall be pre-molded, with color imbedded in factory PVC, high impact type, UV
resistant, flame spread and smoke developed 25/50 rated per ASTM E 84 and shall have
minimum 0.030” thickness. Manufacturers shall be P.I.C., Speedline Corporation or Proto
Corporation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces
requiring painting, insulation, or other covering or finish, including valve tags in finished
mechanical spaces, install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install
identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment.
3.2
MARKER LOCATION:
A.
Install pipe markers on each system indicated, include arrows showing normal direction
of flow.
B.
Schedule of Piping Identification:
Piping System or Service
High/Medium/Low Pressure
Steam
Condensate Return
High/Medium/Low Pressure
or Pumped Condensate
Chilled Water Supply
Chilled Water Return
Heating Water Supply
Heating Water Return
C.
Finish Type
Finish Color
Label
Background
Color
Label Letter
Color
Aluminum
Aluminum
None
None
Yellow
Yellow
Black
Black
Aluminum
None
Black
White
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
Dark Blue
Light Blue
Orange
Tan
Blue
Blue
Yellow
Yellow
White
White
Black
Black
Locate pipe markers and/or color bands (if required) wherever piping is exposed to view,
and at least one marking per room above suspended ceilings. Per the following:
1.
FMD NO. 1310234
Near each valve and control device.
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC & LIGHTING REPLACEMENT FOR PARK HALL (BLDG. NO. 0056)
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
3.3
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT
SECTION 2305 53
Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units
mark each branch where there might be a question of flow direction.
Near locations where pipes pass through walls, floors, or ceilings or where
they enter non-accessible locations.
Behind removable panels and other access points permitting view of
concealed piping.
Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
On piping above removable acoustical ceilings.
At maximum intervals of 40’ along each straight pipe run, except to 25’
in congested areas.
Location of pipe markers in Offices/Classrooms where piping is exposed shall
be coordinated with engineer prior to installation.
DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION:
A.
General: Identify air supply, return, exhaust, intake, and relief ductwork with duct
markers as specified.
B.
Location: In each space where ductwork is exposed or concealed by removable ceilings.
Locate markers near points where ductwork originates or continues into
concealed enclosures, and at 50’ spacing along exposed runs.
C.
Access Doors: Provide duct markers or signs on each access door in ductwork
and housings indicating purpose of access (to what equipment), instructions, and
appropriate safety and procedural information.
D.
Location of duct markers in Offices/Classrooms where duct is exposed shall
be coordinated with engineer prior to installation.
3.4
VALVE IDENTIFICATION: Provide a valve tag on every, cock, and control device in each
piping system. Exclude check valves and valves within factory fabricated equipment units,. List
each tagged valve in a valve schedule for each piping system.
3.5
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION:
A.
Install engraved plastic signs or equipment markers on or near each major item
of mechanical equipment and each operational device, per the equipment schedule.
Attached tag to the ceiling grid directly under equipment installed above lay-in ceilings.
Provide markers for the following general categories of equipment and operational
devices.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Main control and operating valves including safety devices and hazardous units.
Meters, gauges, thermometers, and similar units.
Fans, blowers, primary dampers, and mixing boxes.
HVAC central station and zone units.
Strainers, filters, humidifiers, water treatment systems, and similar equipment.
Method of Installation: Use stainless steel screws except where adhesive is
necessary because substrate cannot or should not be penetrated. Use rivets for tags
attached to the ceiling grid.
END OF SECTION 230553
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING
Section 230593
SECTION 230593
TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the requirements for testing and balancing the Heating,
Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems.
1.2
RELATED SECTION: Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
1.3
QUALIFICATIONS: The test and balance work shall be performed by an independent firm
certified by the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC), or National Environmental Balancing
Bureau (NEBB). Acceptable Test and Balancing agencies shall be Air Analysis of Atlanta,
Thomas Balancing of Macon, Test and Balance Corporation and Research Air Flo.
1.4
PROCEDURES:
1.5
A.
All air distribution systems and hydronic systems shall be tested, adjusted, and balanced
to the conditions specified and/or shown on the drawings.
B.
Performance of systems and components at specified conditions shall be verified by
testing.
C.
Before request for final inspection, calibrate, adjust, set, test and check all valves,
dampers, temperatures, pressures, and flow rates of systems for operation and
performance.
D.
All test and balance work shall be performed in accordance with AABC or NEBB
procedures.
E.
Review the proposed systems installation drawings and determine if all measuring and
balancing devices required for proper test and balance of the systems are specified and
sized correctly.
F.
Check that proposed ductwork layouts allows duct pitot traverses to be performed
correctly to allow overall air flows.
G.
The Test and Balance contractor shall read and implement the Test and Balance Plan of
Action shown below.
REPORTS: Submit completed and certified report to Architect in triplicate or in printable
electronic format.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
Provide all instruments, charts, materials, and equipment required to develop a complete test and
balance report.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING
Section 230593
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
Test and balance report shall be a complete document and shall state specified design and
actual measured/balanced levels. Report shall include at a minimum but not limited to, at least
the following:
A.
Air side of systems:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
Electric Motors:
1.
2.
C.
Full load amperes, voltage, and horsepower.
Installed starter heater size.
Controls:
1.
2.
3.
3.2
Coil entering and leaving temperatures.
All air unit component pressure drops.
Fan RPM and entering and leaving static pressure.
Air flow readings for all diffuser outlets and exhaust grilles.
Air flow and pressure drops for all terminals. Where heating coils are included,
data shall be same as under Coils and Heat Exchangers.
Space temperatures at thermostats.
Outlet temperatures of selected diffusers.
Manufacturer’s performance curves, tables and graphs.
Calibrate all control elements and check operation including all interlocks.
Aide in adjusting all control systems to optimize energy use for all associated
equipment.
Coordinate, aide and verify in located of sensors and to help ensure that sensor
locations shall be free from drafts, heat sources or other factors that may affect
the accuracy of the control system. Coordinate any change in sensor location
with engineer prior to commencing work.
D.
Total Systems: Contractor shall check all systems operating together, in all modes of
operation, to ensure that the air conditioned spaces are in an overall positive
pressurization state.
E.
Building: Overall building and individual spaces air balance and pressurization levels.
F.
General: Report shall include a list of all deficiencies found during the preliminary testing
and a contractor response indicating remedial action taken for each item. The TAB work
shall not be deemed finished without this report.
BALANCING AND ADJUSTMENT AFTER FINAL INSPECTION:
A.
After building is accepted and occupied, and after testing and preliminary balancing are
completed, send qualified personnel to building for not less than one period during
summer and one period during winter, observe temperatures throughout conditioned
spaces, consult with Owner's representative as to need for additional balancing or
adjustment, then perform such work as is indicated.
B.
Schedule these visits, at a time agreeable to Owner, during December through February
for heating, and July through August for cooling.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.3
TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING
Section 230593
TEST AND BALANCE PLAN OF ACTION:
A.
The general contractor shall incorporate the TAB into the overall construction project to
ensure that enough time is allowed for the testing and balancing contractor to complete
the total system balancing according to a balancing plan prior to the completion date
defined by the construction schedule.
B.
A balancing plan prepared by the balancing contractor shall cover balancing techniques
and testing procedures for all individual systems and equipment as well as for the overall
system.
1.
The plan shall include:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
FMD NO. 1310234
A list of the test instruments that are planned to be used in the testing
and balancing process.
A description of the testing procedure for each HVAC system to be
tested. List all of the equipment to be tested for each system and the
techniques to be used for the testing procedure. Standard forms used by
the TAB agency association shall be completed to reflect all equipment
and systems identified by system and/or model number specific to the
project. Blank, “sample” forms are unacceptable.
A list of the all contractors that are required to assist with the testing and
balancing process along with the expectations of each of the contractors
to successfully complete a total system balance. Most importantly, the
expectations of the BAS contractor shall be listed. This shall include
provision of automation software for balancing, timely automation system
access, and the development of global overrides for system maximum
performance testing.
An outline of the required construction completeness prior to starting the
testing and balancing process
A realistic estimate of the time required to complete the testing and
balancing process; the plan shall describe in detail the required time to
complete balance of sub-systems and total system balance. The general
contractor shall recognize that the balancing process sequential and not
a process that can be shortened by simply putting more technicians on
the project to complete the process faster. Buildings with direct digital
control systems require a great deal of the testing and balancing process
to be performed through adjustments to the HVAC systems via the
automation/control system. Network access limitations and/or control
software may prevent more than one operator from communicating with
the automation/control system at a time. This makes it inefficient to have
too many balancing technicians on a single project if the majority of the
adjustments can only be made through one computer terminal.
A listing of the necessary uninterrupted accessibility to the building to
completely test HVAC equipment and sub systems.
The general contractor shall allow time in the balancing plan schedule to
allow the balancing contractor to address any issues in the design or
installation, which prevents a system from operating at design
performance. The general contractor shall take the time for resolution of
these issues by the responsible party into account in the balancing
schedule. A ‘contingency’ of an additional week or two should be
incorporated into the balancing plan schedule to accommodate
additional time required for the responsible party to correct any minor
issues preventing design performance of the building.
Building accessibility during balancing
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
(1)
The balancing contractor shall be provided uninterrupted access
to all areas of the building. Large HVAC systems may require the
access to the same area several times throughout the balancing
process. Finishing processes of the building construction such
as laying carpet and tile flooring, waxing floors, construction
cleaning, and fire alarm testing that require the HVAC systems to
be shut down shall be identified in the balancing plan to inform
the construction manager of possible conflicts who shall attempt
to schedule the testing and balancing process around them.
Some building accessibility issues to address in the balancing
plan include the following:
i.
ii.
iii.
C.
TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING
Section 230593
Flooring work, such as carpet laying and tiling, must be
performed either before or after the testing and
balancing process for a particular system serving the
area in which the flooring work is to be done. If the
completed flooring will restrict the use of boom lifts, the
testing and balancing of the system serving that area
shall be completed before the floor work if the HVAC
system components are inaccessible by ladder.
Final building cleaning that would prevent further access
of contractors shall be delayed until the testing and
balancing is completed.
If fire alarm testing will affect the HVAC system, the
balancing contractor should be notified in advance when
fire alarm testing is scheduled. For example, closing fire
dampers or shutting down air handling units can disrupt
total system balancing.
A detailed balancing plan shall be submitted for all projects at the same time as
mechanical submittal data. The balancing contractor shall follow up with the general
contractor to ensure that the balancing plan has been properly reviewed and
incorporated within the construction schedule.
END OF SECTION 230593
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
HVAC INSULATION
Section 230700
SECTION 230700
HVAC INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: Insulation specified in this Section is for insulation used in Division 23 work.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
1.5
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 230553 Identification For HVAC Piping And Equipment
C.
Section 232113 Hydronic Piping
D.
Section 233100 Ductwork (ductliner requirements)
DEFINITIONS:
A.
Exposed piping and ductwork is work that can be seen when the building is complete
without opening or removing access doors or panels or through voids in the ceiling.
B.
Other piping and ductwork is considered to be concealed.
INSPECTION:
A.
Surfaces to be insulated shall be clean, dry, and free of foreign material, such as rust,
scale and dirt when insulation is applied. Perform pressure tests required by other
Sections before applying insulation.
B.
Where existing insulation is damaged due to the new work, repair damage to match
existing work or replace damaged portion with insulation specified for new work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Products of the manufacturers listed will be acceptable for use for the specific functions
noted. All materials shall be compatible with the materials to which they are applied, and
shall not corrode, soften or otherwise attack such material in either the wet or dry state.
B.
Materials shall be applied subject to their temperature limits. Any methods of application
of insulating materials or finishes not specified in detail herein shall be in accordance with
the particular manufacturer's published recommendations.
C.
Insulation shall be applied by experienced workers regularly employed for this type work.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.6
1.7
HVAC INSULATION
Section 230700
RATING:
A.
Insulation and accessories, unless specifically exempted, shall have a composite flamespread rating of not more than 25 and a smoke developed rating of not more than 50.
Materials that are factory applied shall be tested as assembled. Materials that are field
applied may be tested individually. No fugitive or corrosive treatments shall be employed
to impart flame resistance.
B.
Flame Spread and Smoke Developed Ratings shall be determined by Method of Test of
Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, ASTM E-84 1997 or U.L. 723.
C.
Products or their shipping cartons shall bear a label indicating flame spread and smoke
developed ratings.
D.
Treatment of pipe jackets and duct facings to impart flame and smoke safety shall be
permanent.
ASBESTOS: All materials used in this work shall be asbestos free.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
INSULATION APPLICATIONS:
A.
Duct Insulation – Denoted by Type D:
1.
Interior concealed Supply ductwork:
a.
2.
Interior concealed Return ductwork:
a.
3.
Type D2 Glass fiber, rigid, FRK, 2” thick.
Interior exposed Outside air in mechanical rooms and Attic:
a.
B.
Type D1 Glass fiber, flexible, 2” thick.
Interior exposed Supply ductwork in mechanical rooms and Attic:
a.
5.
Type D1 Glass fiber, flexible, 2” thick.
Interior concealed Outside air ductwork:
a.
4.
Type D1 Glass fiber, flexible, 2” thick.
Type D2 Glass fiber, rigid, FRK, 2” thick.
Pipe Insulation – Denoted by Type P:
1.
Interior concealed Chilled water piping:
a.
2.
FMD NO. 1310234
Type P1 Cellular glass, 1-1/2” thickness for piping up to 4” diameter and
2” for piping larger than 4” diameter.
Interior exposed Chilled water piping:
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
a.
3.
Type P1 Cellular glass, 1-1/2” thick for piping up to 4” diameter and 2”
thick for piping larger than 4” diameter.
Interior Condensate piping from coils and heat exchangers:
a.
b.
6.
Type P3 Glass fiber, rigid, 1” thick for piping up to 2” diameter and 1-1/2”
thick for piping larger than 2” diameter.
Interior exposed Hydronic heating water piping:
a.
5.
Type P1 Cellular glass, 1-1/2” thickness for piping up to 4” diameter and
2” for piping larger than 4” diameter.
Interior concealed Hydronic heating water piping:
a.
4.
HVAC INSULATION
Section 230700
Type P3 Glass fiber, rigid, 1” thick.
Interior Concealed Steam piping:
a.
Type P1 Foam glass, 1½” thick for pipe up to 2" and 2” thick for all pipe
larger than 2”
b.
7.
Interior concealed Steam Condensate piping:
a.
Type P1 Foam glass, 1½” thick for pipe up to 1-1/2", and 2” thick for all
pipe larger than 2”
b.
8.
Interior exposed Steam piping:
a.
Type P1 Foam glass, 1½” thick for pipe up to 1-1/2" and 2” thick for all
pipe larger than 2”
b.
9.
Interior exposed Steam Condensate piping:
a.
2.2
Type P1 Foam glass, 1½” thick for pipe up to 1-1/2" and 2” thick for all
pipe larger than 2”
ACCESSORY MATERIALS:
A.
Low VOC adhesives, sealants and mastics shall be selected as recommended by the
insulation manufacturer. Adhesives shall be water based, and must comply with the
current VOC content limits of the South Coast Air Quality Management District
(SCAQMD) Rule #1168, with a maximum VOC emission of 70 grams per liter. Low VOC
water based sealants and mastics shall be manufactured to comply with NFPA 90A, U.L.
listed and complying with ASTM E84 and comply with the current VOC limits of the
SCAQMD Rule #1168, with a maximum VOC emission of 250 grams per liter. They shall
be manufactured by the insulation manufacturer or by Foster, Flintkote, Hardcast, InsulCoustic, Lion Oil or 3M.
B.
Adhesives, sealants and mastics which secure a vapor barrier material shall be of the
vapor barrier type.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.3
C.
Adhesives, sealants and finishes for surfaces above 70F shall be of the "breather" type.
D.
Insulation jackets shall have a vapor barrier when applied to surfaces subject to sweating
in an ambient environment up to 90F db and 80F wb; including chilled water,
condensate drain and refrigerant suction.
E.
Where specified, finish jackets for all insulation in the building shall be not less than 8
oz./sq. yd. white, pre-sized glass cloth kraft paper reinforced by Carolina or TwinsburgMiller.
F.
All finish mastics and sealants shall be white in color, unless noted otherwise.
G.
Pre-formed fitting jackets shall be one piece molded PVC with a 25/50 flame spread
smoke developed rating.
H.
Staples shall not be used.
I.
Galvanized steel wire shall be 20 gauge.
J.
Stainless steel wire shall be 20 gauge.
INSULATION PIPE SHIELDS: Shields shall be galvanized rolled to form a 180° arc. Length of
shields shall conform to the following:
Insulation O.D.
0-4 inch
2.4
HVAC INSULATION
Section 230700
Shield Length
12 inch
Shield Gauge
14 gauge
INSULATION DESIGNATION:
A.
Type D1 shall be Glass Fiber Insulation, flexible, suitable for interior application.
1.
2.
B.
Type D2 shall be Glass Fiber Insulation, rigid, suitable for interior application.
1.
2.
C.
Insulation shall be composed of one lb./cu.ft. density glass fibers bonded with a
thermosetting resin. Operating temperature range shall be 40F to 250F. Mean
thermal conductivity shall not exceed 0.27 at 75F. Manufacturers shall be
Certainteed, Knauf, Owens Corning, or Schuller (Manville).
Insulation finish shall be factory applied foil/scrim reinforced kraft (FSK) jacket
with longitudinal flap for butt joint closure. Jacket permeance shall not exceed
0.02 perms.
Insulation shall be composed of three lb./cu.ft. density glass fibers bonded with a
thermosetting resin. Operating temperature range shall be 0F to 650F. Mean
thermal conductivity shall not exceed 0.23 at 75F. Manufacturers shall be
Certainteed, Knauf, Owens Corning, or Schuller (Manville).
Insulation finish shall be factory applied foil/scrim reinforced kraft (FRK) jacket.
Jacket permeance shall not exceed 0.02 perms.
Type P1 shall be Cellular Glass Insulation, suitable for interior application.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.
2.
3.
D.
HVAC INSULATION
Section 230700
Insulation shall be composed of multiple glass cells each of which is a sealed air
cell and each cell sealed to the adjacent cells. Minimum density shall be 7
lbs./cu.ft. Temperature range shall include -450F to 800F per ASTM C552.
Mean thermal conductivity shall not exceed 0.29 at 75F. Absorption of moisture
shall be not more than 0.2% by volume when tested according to ASTM
Designation C-240-61. Adhesive shall be compatible with temperature range of
pipe service. Manufacturers shall be Pittsburgh Corning Corporation or Cell-UFoam Corporation.
Insulation finish shall be glass fabric and mastic jacket, Pittsburgh PC (R) Fabric
79 and Pittcote (R) 404, or equal by Foster.
All valves, thermometer wells, gauge cocks, hose bibbs, air vent piping, and any
other components shall be insulated with molded insulation fittings or same
thickness elastomeric insulating tape finished with flexible glass cloth and mastic.
Type P3 shall be Glass Fiber Insulation, suitable for interior application.
1.
2.
3.
Insulation shall be composed of high-density glass fibers bonded with a
thermosetting resin. Operating temperature range shall be 0F to 850F. Mean
thermal conductivity shall not exceed 0.23 at 75F. Manufacturers shall be
Certainteed, Knauf, Owens Corning, or Schuller (Manville).
Insulation finish shall be factory applied all service jacket with pressure sensitive
adhesive closures for the longitudinal and butt joints. Jacket permeance shall not
exceed 0.02 perms.
All valves, thermometer wells, gauge cocks, hose bibbs, air vent piping, and any
other components shall be insulated with molded insulation fittings or same
thickness elastomeric insulating tape finished with flexible glass cloth and mastic.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL APPLICATION: The following general conditions apply to the insulation installation.
A.
Insulation shall be clean and dry during installation and during application of any finish.
B.
Provide removable and replaceable covers on all pumps and equipment requiring
insulation that must be opened periodically for inspection, cleaning, or repair.
C.
Install insulation, jackets, and coatings continuous through wall and floor openings and
sleeves. See Section 23 05 00 regarding fire barrier sealing over insulated pipes passing
through rated floors and walls.
D.
Banding wires shall have the twisted terminals turned down into the insulation, except
where vapor barrier would be punctured.
E.
Finish open ends of pipe insulation as specified for fittings.
F.
All piping, ductwork, and equipment which are scheduled to be insulated shall have a
finished jacket, either factory or field applied.
G.
Staples shall not be used.
FMD NO. 1310234
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.2
3.3
HVAC INSULATION
Section 230700
H.
For all cold piping systems (chilled water and condensate), all components of the piping
system shall be insulated and provided with a continuous vapor barrier. Vapor barriers
shall be continuous for entire piping system and shall not be pierced except as specified
otherwise.
I.
Factory applied jacket shall be the finish jacket unless otherwise noted.
J.
Maintain vapor barrier where dissimilar insulation products abut.
K.
Control devices shall be installed on the outside surface of insulation except devices
such as firestats. All resulting penetrations and edges of insulation shall be sealed as
specified above.
L.
No insulation materials shall be in direct contact with supply, return or exhaust airstreams
except where called out at as lined ductwork.
PIPE SHIELDS:
A.
For all piping, insulation shall be continuous on pipe at pipe hangers with protection
shields bearing on the outside of the insulation.
B.
For pipes 2" and larger, where insulation would be crushed by hangers, provide 180
degree foamed glass inserts between pipe and hanger protector and finish with jacket
same as adjacent pipe.
INSULATION APPLICATION:
A.
Type D1 – Glass Fiber, flexible Insulation:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Type D2 – Glass Fiber, rigid Insulation:
1.
2.
C.
Blanket insulation shall be installed with not less than one inch (1") of insulation
cut back from the edge of vapor barrier. Vapor barrier shall then overlap the
adjacent insulation and vapor barrier at each and every abutting joint. Overlaps
shall be sealed with adhesive. In addition, all joints in the vapor barrier such as at
hangers and supports shall be sealed with aluminum foil tape.
All blanket insulation shall be held in place with adhesive 3" wide at not over 12"
intervals.
Where duct greatest dimension is more than 24-inches but less than 48 inches,
insulation shall also be tightly wrapped with galvanized wire, 24" on center.
Where duct greatest dimension is more than 48-inches, 2" wire mesh shall also
be secured to the duct with mechanical fasteners at not more than 2'-0" center to
center in two directions.
All rigid board insulation shall be secured by mechanical fasteners spaced on not
more than 18" centers in two directions. Provide metal corner beading at each
corner.
Insulation thicknesses specified are minimum values. All projections, duct
stiffeners, etc., shall be covered with not less than ½” thickness of insulation.
Surface of insulation shall be smooth without bumps, etc. Vapor seal materials
shall pass such obstructions without interruption.
Type P1 - Cellular Glass Interior Insulation:
FMD NO. 1310234
6
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
D.
Cover pipe with insulation held in place with stainless steel wire not more than
12" on center.
All joints shall be filled and pointed up with Pittseal (R) 44N sealant, or equal,
applied so as to maintain continuous vapor barrier.
All pipe insulation on exposed piping inside the building shall be finished with a
coating of Pittcote (R) 404 coating, or equal. For cold piping, coating shall be
vapor barrier type.
All pipe insulation on concealed piping shall be finished with two coats of mastic
with flexible glass cloth embedded in the initial layer. For cold piping, sealer shall
be vapor barrier type.
Valves, fittings and unions shall be covered and finished with mitered insulation
sections as described for pipe: Maintain specified insulation thickness.
Riser clamps, anchors, etc., which are in contact with cold pipe shall be insulated
with cellular glass as described for piping extending for a distance of 6" beyond
the outside surface of the pipe insulation.
All Victaulic elbows shall be covered and finished with mitered insulation sections
as described for pipe: Maintain specified insulation thickness.
Type P3 – Glass Fiber Insulation:
1.
2.
3.
3.4
HVAC INSULATION
Section 230700
Cover pipe with insulation with each section tightly abutted one to another.
Jacket shall be lapped and secured with self-adhesive strip.
Abutting ends of insulation shall be covered with 4" wide butt strips smoothly
secured with adhesive.
Fittings and valves shall be covered with mitered or molded insulation sections
secured with galvanized steel wire and finished with a preformed PVC jacket
stapled in place.
FINISH JACKETS:
A.
PVC JACKET: Provide on all piping. Protective jacket shall be pre-molded, with color
imbedded in factory PVC, high impact type, UV resistant, flame spread and smoke
developed 25/50 rated per ASTM E 84 and shall have minimum 0.030” thickness.
Manufacturers shall be P.I.C., Speedline Corporation or Proto Corporation.
B.
Flexible glass cloth shall be applied to equipment, valves, fittings, and curved surfaces.
Cloth tape shall be smoothly applied and secured with a continuous coat of adhesive.
White fabric and mastic to be used on exposed pipe fittings. Tape shall overlap itself and
adjacent jackets not less than two inches (2").
END OF SECTION 230700
FMD NO. 1310234
7
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMP. CONTROL SYSTEM
Section 230923
SECTION 230923
BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the requirements of the new Building Automation and
Temperature Control System (BAS). The BAS shall utilize the existing direct digital control (DDC)
system to provide automatic control of the chiller plant and associated mechanical equipment.
1.2
SCOPE OF WORK:
A.
Provide a new BAS system for all new HVAC equipment installed under this project and
all existing equipment located on Ground Floor shown to remain. All new components,
equipment or apparatuses that is to be installed on the new BAS shall be complete in all
respects, including any and all equipment, wiring, instrumentation, enclosures, labor,
engineering, and coordination with other trades, etc. as required. No information given in
these specifications shall relieve the contractor of this absolute requirement. Including all
associated electrical work. It is the intent of these specifications that the Contractor shall
furnish and install the systems complete in every respect and ready to operate. Furnish
and install equipment, miscellaneous items and accessories required for the correct and
convenient operation of the entire installation, whether or not such item is shown on the
plan or mentioned herein.
B.
Work Included:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
System Engineering and Design Documents.
Pre-assembled Control Panels.
System Programming.
Actuators, thermostats, sensors, thermowells, and mounting hardware as
applicable.
Control valves, control dampers, linkages and mounting hardware.
Construction supervision.
Start-up and system check out.
Demonstration and training.
Warranty.
1.3
RELATED SECTION: Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
1.4
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Drawings:
1.
FMD NO. 1310234
Prepare instrumentation and control diagrams labeled accurately and showing
the system architecture and the interrelationship of all controls and the areas and
equipment served. Clearly show point-to-point connections.
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.
BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMP. CONTROL SYSTEM
Section 230923
Wiring diagram shall delineate between power and control wiring and shall
indicate all starters, contactors, relays, sensors, and other components of the
system. Normally open positions for valves, dampers, and relays shall be
indicated. All wiring between equipment, modules, and control panels shall be
shown. A ladder diagram detailing control functions shall be included.
C.
Submit the above diagrams as post construction control record drawings derived from
redlined prints maintained during construction by this Contractor.
D.
One (1) copy of the control record drawing shall be secured to the associated control
panel. Mounting diagram(s) in a resealable plastic pouch is acceptable.
E.
Submit shop drawings and manufacturer’s data for the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
F.
Sensors.
Controllers and set points.
Actuators.
Automatic control valve and damper schedules.
Points List.
Thermostats.
Thermometers and indicators.
System diagrams, including system architecture.
Point-to-point wiring or tubing diagrams.
Control panels and panel layout.
Installation and calibration instructions.
Software programs and sequences written in the program language and in
English.
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA (After construction):
1.
2.
Submission: Submit three (3) 8-1/2” x 11”, 3-ring, hard cover, bound and typed
copies of an Operating and Maintenance Manual to the Architect for approval
prior scheduling any systems demonstration for the Owner.
Required Contents: Typed index with tab dividers for each major equipment
section to facilitate locating information on specific pieces of equipment. Identify
data within each section with drawing code numbers as they appear on Drawings
and Specifications. Include as a minimum the following data:
a.
b.
c.
Alphabetical list of system components with the name, address and
24-hour telephone number of the company responsible for servicing
each item during the first one year of operation.
Operating instructions for each piece of equipment and the complete
system including:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
FMD NO. 1310234
Emergency procedures for fire or failure.
Start, operation, maintenance, disassembly and shutdown
procedures.
Maintenance instructions for each piece of equipment.
Valve tags and other identified equipment lists.
Proper lubricants and lubricating instructions.
Cleaning, replacement and/or adjustment schedule.
Product data on each piece of equipment.
Installation instructions.
Manufacturer’s shop drawings and specifications.
Parts list.
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
(11)
BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMP. CONTROL SYSTEM
Section 230923
Wiring and temperature control diagrams “as-built” as detailed
above.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE: Control installation work shall be performed by mechanics regularly
employed in the installation of the control manufacturer. Control work shall be by ALC.
1.6
WARRANTY:
A.
Provide a one (1) year labor and material warranty from date of system acceptance by
Owner. Warranty shall cover hardware, software and programming. The contractor shall
correct any work found defective or not in accordance with the contract documents.
B.
COMPONENTS: All system components shall be approved and listed by Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc., under UL916 for Direct Digital Control systems, and FCC-Part 15,
Subparagraph J, Class A Emissions Requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SENSING/CONTROL FIELD DEVICES:
A.
Field devices include all sensors, wells, relays, pressure switches, control valves, valve
actuators, dampers, damper actuators, and other interfaces necessary for connecting the
DDC panels to the facility equipment to be controlled under this specification.
B.
Analog Electronic Transmitters:
 0.50% of span
 0.50% of span
 0.10 % of span
 0.10% of span
3 db at 10Hz
 0.01% of span F
0.05% of span per volt
-20F to 130F
Limit of error:
Deviation from Linearity
Hysteresis
Deadband
Frequency Response
Variations due to temp. change
Variations due to voltage change
Ambient limits:
C.
I/P Converters:
D.
Input signal
Output signal
Accuracy
4-20mA
3 to 15 psig
 0.75% of span
Linearity
Hysteresis
Deadband
 0.50% of span
 0.50% of span
 0.10% of span
Rate/Reset Controllers: Use proportional type with adjustable integral and derivative
actions. The controllers shall be field adjustable and provide a switch to eliminate the
integral and derivative functions for calibration.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
E.
2.2
BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMP. CONTROL SYSTEM
Section 230923
Communications Ports: Provide all sensors and controllers with RS-232 serial
communications port for the control network communication.
ELECTRONIC DEVICES FOR AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS:
A.
FIRESTATS shall be manual reset type, set for 125F.
B.
Smoke Detectors: Specified to be furnished under Division 26 and mounted by Division
23. This Contractor shall install smoke detectors for HVAC systems where called for in
sequence of operation, installed per NFPA, UBC, and/or local codes.
C.
Temperature sensors shall be Platinum, 1000 ohms nickel iron or RTDs, accurate to 
0.1% at 0C.
D.
Space (room) temperature sensors shall be surface mounted in decorator style nonvented plastic covers. Sensors shall have a tamper resistant cover with manual occupant
adjustment to permit a  3 deviation from the stored setpoint. Delete manual adjustment
in non-occupied applications. Minimum range shall be 50 to 95. Sensor shall have an
override button and green LED light to indicate when system is in the “Occupied” mode.
E.
Duct temperature sensors shall be of the averaging type to cover the entire duct crosssection. Element casing shall be copper. Minimum range shall be 32 to 110F. Provide
capillary mounting clips as required.
F.
Outdoor air temperature sensors shall be mounted in weatherproof box and protected by
a ventilated sun shield which cover the sensor on all sides but below. Minimum range
shall be -30 to 200F.
G.
Space (room) Humidity Transmitters shall be surface mounted in decorator style nonvented plastic covers. Sensors shall utilize resistance change of bulk polymer with 
2%RH accuracy at 77F and temperature compensation. Minimum range shall be 0100%RH.
H.
Outdoor Humidity Transmitters shall be mounted in a weatherproof box and protected by
a ventilated sunshield which covers the sensor on all sides but below. Sensor shall utilize
resistance change of bulk polymer with  2%RH accuracy at 77F and temperature
compensation. Minimum range shall be 0-100%RH.
I.
Static air pressure transducers shall measure the differential pressure between the high
and low ports on the transducer. They shall be accurate to within plus or minus one (1)
percent of full scale and be capable of withstanding a momentary pressure of up to eight
(8) times the rated pressure, or 8” W.G. whichever is greater without damage. The
diaphragm shall be rated for use with air, between 32 and 125F.
J.
Outside air flow measuring system for ducts 3 square-feet and under shall be Vortek
model VT-2000 or pre-approved equal. Airflow measuring devices shall be of the
insertion type, with the capability of measuring velocity over the full range of 400 to 7000
FPM. Individual velocity sensors shall not be affected by dust, temperature, pressure, or
humidity. The sensors shall be passive in nature, with no active parts within the air
stream. Each airflow station shall include an electronic (24VDC) transmitter within a ductmounted enclosure. The OSA temperature and velocity shall be output as a 4-20mA
signal. Sensor accuracy shall be + or – 2% of velocity reading. Manufacturer to verify
quantity of probes required in each application. Install airflow sensor per manufacturer’s
recommendations.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
K.
2.3
2.4
BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMP. CONTROL SYSTEM
Section 230923
Electric low limit temperature detection thermostats shall be provided for each AHU
chilled water, heating or preheat coil section. The thermostat shall have a DPDT contact
block which will open a circuit upon a drop in temperature. A minimum 20’ long element
shall sense the air temperature and shall cause the switch to operate if one (1) foot or
more is subject to temperatures below 35F. The device shall be manually reset unless
indicated otherwise. Provide multiple low limit thermostats as required to cover the entire
coil face area.
CONTROL VALVES:
A.
All automatic fluid flow control valves shall be fully proportional with modulating plugs for
equal percentage or linear flow characteristics. Valve trim shall be suitable for chilled
water, hot water, or steam service. The valve stem assembly shall be fashioned from
high grade stainless steel. The automatic control valve shall be sized by the control
manufacturer for the appropriate pressure drop, but no greater than 3 psi, to ensure
proper throttling performance at all system loads. Provide 2-way or 3-way valves as
shown on the equipment schedule or drawings. The valve body and actuator shall be
sufficient to handle system pressure and shall close against the differential pressures
liable to be encountered in the system. Body pressure rating and connection type
construction shall be suitable for the service:
B.
Ball valves ½” through 2” shall be constructed with a cast brass body and screwed end.
C.
Vee-Ball valves 2” through 4” shall be constructed with a steel body and flanged or
screwed connections.
MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRONIC DEVICES:
A.
Current Switches shall be solid state switch with adjustable setpoint (set at no load
condition for fan or pump run status). Switch capacity shall be selected based on motor
monitored.
B.
Electric actuators shall either be push-pull magnetic or hydraulic type, or rotary (geartrain) type for two-position or modulating service as required by application. All electric
actuators shall be UL listed with NEMA 1 enclosures, unless otherwise acceptable.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Thermally powered (heat motor) actuators are not acceptable.
Actuators shall fail to the position as indicated on the drawings.
Actuators shall be permanently lubricated; gear-train units shall be oil-immersed
type. Actuator housings shall be metal or plastic. Ambient temperature range
shall be at least 40F to 120F, except actuators subjected to outdoor ambients
shall have ambient range of -20 to 130F minimum. Actuator size and rating
shall be suitable for intended application.
Modulating magnetic or electric actuators with adjustable end switches to prevent
overstroking are acceptable in sizes  1”.
Positive positioners shall be provided on actuators for AHU’s control, to provide
smooth modulation or proper sequencing:
a.
b.
FMD NO. 1310234
Positioner start-point shall be adjustable (or selectable).
Positioner span shall be adjustable, or at least three fixed spans for
sequencing applications shall be available.
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMP. CONTROL SYSTEM
Section 230923
2.5
CONTROL PANELS: Modify or augment existing control panel to accommodate the new chiller
plant configuration and sequence of operations.
2.6
NETWORKING/COMMUNICATIONS (LOCAL NETWORK): Modify or augment the existing
Local Network to accommodate the new equipment and any new sequence of operations.
2.7
FRONT END GRAPHICS:
A.
The BAS contractor shall provide all the necessary hardware, data, information, and
graphical images for the DDC system to publish fully interactive web-page graphics for
monitoring and operating the DDC system's controllers using only a standard web
browser. Support for both Microsoft Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator must be
provided.
B.
The contractor shall include developed graphics for each piece of equipment being
controlled and/or monitored by the BAS. BAS graphics will include the following screen
pages as a minimum, but not limited to:
1.
System Pages:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Initial Screen. Provide building address and links to system screens on a
scanned-in background of the building front elevation. Elevation will be
from an architectural rendering or photograph. Links will be provided to
each floor plan and as applicable, each mechanical chiller plant,
electrical monitoring system and fuel monitoring systems.
Building floor plan layouts will show every room. Where temperature and
humidity sensors are installed in the building, show readings on the floor
plan. Show all equipment including chillers, AHUs, Fans, Hot Water
Coils, etc. Provide links to each piece of equipment and to system
pages.
AHU’s: Show a 3D schematic of the AHU configuration with sensing
points at the correct locations. If the unit has a VFD, show information
and provide a link to the VFD box page.
Fans: Show a 3D schematic of the fan with sensing points at the correct
locations. If the unit has a VFD, show information and provide a link to
the VFD box page.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
WIRING:
A.
All electrical wire, conduit, cable, fittings, junction boxes, connectors, etc., associated
with the systems, including interlock wiring, shall be furnished and installed complete
under these specifications.
B.
Installation shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 16 of NFPA, the
National Electrical Code and local codes. All electrical work included under this section
shall be complete with labor, materials and installations.
FMD NO. 1310234
6
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.2
3.3
BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMP. CONTROL SYSTEM
Section 230923
C.
Run all wiring and conduit concealed unless conditions do not allow. Secure approval
from Engineer prior to installing surface raceway. Where surface raceway is required, it
shall be wire mold or approved equal.
D.
Where required for electronic controls or interfacing, provide relays and other devices
with low impedance contacts. Where required to maintain proper relay operation and
prevent chatter, increase minimum control wire gauges specified herein.
E.
All line voltage electrical wiring shall be enclosed in conduit. All exposed low voltage
electrical wiring shall be installed in conduit or EMT. All low voltage wiring located above
ceilings in plenums shall be 25/50 flame spread/smoke developed rated and U.L. listed.
Support wiring 24” OC by clips to structure.
F.
For control systems, all wiring will be manufactured by Beldon or equal. Cabling for pulse
demand meter shall be as manufactured by Beldon or equal. Provide cable in
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:
A.
Any panels associated with the control system shall be furnished and installed under this
section of the work. Connected to numbered terminal strips shall terminate panel wiring.
Wire nut connections shall not be allowed.
B.
All devices, panels, etc. furnished and/or installed shall be located where they can be
calibrated and maintained from the floor without use of a ladder. These items shall be
identified by means of plates made of plastic, suitably engraved, embossed or punched.
C.
Any conduit on roof shall be at an absolute minimum and shall have prior written
approval.
D.
All conduit and fittings used indoors and outdoors shall be metal to minimize corrosion
and moisture entry.
E.
The controls contractor shall coordinate with the mechanical contractor to ensure that
tappings for sensors are provided and are located to ensure accurate sensing and
control.
F.
The controls contractor shall provide the applicable version of the BAS software required
by the TAB Agency to do the Test and Balance work specified at no extra cost to the
contract or the TAB Agent.
LOCATING DDC PANELS:
A.
In order to minimize wiring costs, DDC panels should be installed near equipment or
systems, which are to be monitored and/or controlled. Panels located in administrative,
common areas, or equipment aisles will be recessed mounted. Panels mounted in
electrical or mechanical rooms will be surface mounted. Coordinate panel locations with
UGA PPD prior to installation.
B.
Consider providing sub-unit controllers or I/O expansion units near each cluster of
sensor/actuator points, with sub-unit controllers and I/O expansion units reporting to the
stand-alone controllers. Where practical, Application Specific Controllers or stand-alone
controllers should be installed in mechanical equipment rooms.
FMD NO. 1310234
7
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
C.
3.4
3.5
BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMP. CONTROL SYSTEM
Section 230923
All PC boards enclosed in metal boxes shall be mounted to a non-conductive, nonmetallic surface to avoid shorting or grounding.
POWER/ENVIRONMENT/SPACE REQUIREMENTS:
A.
The environmental conditions in the space in which the stand-alone controllers and
associated equipment are located shall meet the manufacturer’s requirements of 30F to
120F and 5% RH to 95% RH.
B.
Provide adequate space in front of the equipment for easy access and repairs. Provide
adequate lighting over all DDC equipment and panels enclosing interfacing devices.
C.
Control system devices and panels shall have suppressors to protect against lightning
damage; power supply surges; induced voltage from other equipment such as
transformers or electric motor operations; and electronic transmission/relay such as may
be caused by radio/TV broadcasting towers, radars and high-voltage transmission lines.
OPERATOR INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING:
A.
During system commissioning and at such time as acceptable performance of the system
hardware and software has been established, the BAS contractor shall provide on-site
operator instruction to the Owner’s operating personnel. Operator instruction during
normal working hours shall be performed by a competent BAS contractor representative
familiar with the system’s BAS software, hardware and accessories.
B.
At a time mutually agreed upon during system commissioning as stated above, BAS
contractor shall give 16 hours of instructions to the Owner’s designated personnel on the
operation of all central processing and peripherals and describe intended use with
respect to the programmed functions specified. Operator orientation of the FMS shall
include, but not be limited to, the overall operational program, equipment functions (both
individually and as part of the total integrated system), commands, advisories, and
appropriate operator intervention required in responding to the system’s operation. An
Owner’s Manual, prepared for this project by the BAS contractor, shall be used in
addition to the instruction. Two (2) copies of the Owner’s Manual shall be provided.
3.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: The sequences of operations are to be used in conjunction with
the I/O Summaries. Points indicated on the I/O shall be used to accomplish the sequences. Any
points required to accomplish the sequences shall be provided whether indicated on the I/O or
not. Points indicated on the I/O, but not utilized to accomplish any sequences, shall be provided
for information and alarming purposes.
3.7
DEMOLITION: All existing control components to be removed such as actuators and thermostats
shall be turned over to the owner. Coordinate with owner
END OF SECTION 230923
FMD NO. 1310234
8
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
PIPE, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
Section 232000
SECTION 232000
PIPE, FITTINGS, AND ACCESSORIES – HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: Piping specified in this Section is for types of pipe and accessories used in
Division 23.
1.2
RELATED SECTION: Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Pressure piping systems shall meet requirements of the ASME and ANSI Standards
B31.1 Power Piping and B31.9 Building Services Piping, and all addenda.
B.
Codes and regulations referred to are minimum standards. Where the requirements of
these specifications or drawings exceed those of the codes and regulations, the drawings
and specifications govern.
C.
Pressure/temperature ratings of all components and accessories shall meet or exceed
design conditions for the system in which they are installed.
D.
Welding shall be in accordance with procedures of the National Certified Pipe Welding
Bureau and shall comply with the requirements of the ANSI Code for Pressure Piping.
Welders shall be qualified under the above procedures and certified by the National
Certified Pipe Welding Bureau.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A.
Steel Piping:
1.
Pipe (up to 12” diameter):
MATERIAL
Schedule 40 Black steel
Schedule 80 Black steel
Schedule 40 Galvanized steel
2.
Fittings:
a.
b.
c.
d.
FMD NO. 1310234
SPECIFICATION
ASTM A53-97b Grade B
ASTM A106-99
ASTM A53-97b
150 lb. SWP malleable iron screwed fittings conforming to ANSI B16.3.
125 lb. SWP cast iron flange fittings conforming to ANSI B16.1.
Standard weight factory fabricated butt welding fittings conforming to
ANSI B16.9 and ASTM A-234.
150 lb. forged steel welding neck or flat face slip-on flanges conforming
to ASTM A181.
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
e.
f.
g.
h.
Socket fittings conforming to ANSI B16.11.
Cast iron drainage pattern fittings conforming to ANSI B16.12.
Dielectric couplings and/or flange kits shall be provided at connections
between ferrous and non-ferrous pipe. Provide with high temperature
gaskets rated for 300°F steam service.
Unions:
(1)
(2)
(3)
i.
3.
Except where otherwise specified, unions in welded piping shall
be flanges.
Unions in piping 2-inch and smaller shall be 150 lb. malleable
iron, ground joint, bronze to iron, screw type.
Unions in screwed piping 2½" and larger shall be 125 lb. cast
iron flanges.
Fittings, flanges and unions in galvanized steel pipe shall be galvanized.
Joints, unless specified otherwise:
a.
b.
c.
B.
PIPE, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
Section 232000
Screwed Joints: Joint compound shall be "Titeseal" or Teflon Tape,
except where otherwise specified.
Welded Joints: Welding rods shall be compatible with the material to be
welded. Welding shall be by electric arc or oxyacetylene methods.
Flanged joints shall be made up with 1/16" thick, ring type, compressed
composition sheet gasket, except for gas piping which shall be made up
with aluminum "O" ring type gaskets. Flange bolts shall be steel hexagon
head type, conforming to ASTM Specification A-307. Nuts shall conform
to ASTM Specification A-193.
Copper Piping:
1.
Pipe:
MATERIAL
Type L tube
Type K tube
2.
Fittings:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
FMD NO. 1310234
SPECIFICATION
ASTM B88-99
ASTM B88-99
Wrought copper solder joint type conforming to ANSI B16.22. Cast
fittings conforming to ANSI B16.18, except where otherwise specified,
may be used only in patterns not available in wrought fittings, and where
desired changes in direction and/or reduction in size cannot be
accomplished with two wrought fittings.
Adapter fittings shall be provided at all copper to brass pipe connections.
Adapters 2" and smaller shall be cast bronze or wrought copper.
Adapters larger than 2" shall be 150 lb. cast bronze flanges. Adapters
between the meter and the pressure reducing valve shall be 250 lb cast
bronze flanges.
150 lb. cast bronze flange fittings conforming to ANSI B16.24
downstream of the pressure reducing valves.
Dielectric couplings and/or flanged kits shall be provided at all copper to
steel pipe connections.
Unions:
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
(1)
(2)
(3)
3.
Except where otherwise specified, unions shall be wrought
copper or cast bronze.
Unions in piping 2½" and larger shall be 150 lb. cast bronze
flanges, downstream of the pressure reducing valve and 250 lb
between the meter and the PRV.
Insulating unions shall be provided at all equipment having
ferrous connections.
Joints, unless specified otherwise:
a.
b.
2.2
PIPE, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
Section 232000
Solder Joints: Solder shall be 95/5 (95% tin, 5% antimony) except where
otherwise specified. Where specified or noted on the drawings, solder
shall have a silver alloy solder having a melting point of not less than
1100F. NO LEAD SOLDER SHALL BE PERMITTED.
Solder flux shall be the type recommended by the manufacturer of the
95/5 solder used, meeting ANSI/NSF Standard 61. Silver brazing flux
shall be used for solder of 1100F. or higher melting point.
SLEEVES:
A.
Provide standard weight steel pipe sleeves at all points where piping passes through
walls, floors and ceilings, except where otherwise specified.
B.
#20 U.S. gauge galvanized steel sleeves may be used through all walls and through
floors in concealed pipe chases where concrete thickness is 4" or less.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PIPING - GENERAL:
A.
All piping shall be run straight and parallel to building construction. All changes in
directions shall be made with fittings as specified herein and shown on the drawings.
B.
All piping shall be installed with allowance for expansion and contraction. Anchors and
guides shall be provided where shown on the drawings. Swing joints shall be provided at
top and bottom and risers and in branch connection at each floor.
C.
Pipe connections to equipment which is supported independent of the pipe, including
pumps, shall be aligned with the equipment.
D.
Install piping so as to preserve access to all valves, air vents, and other equipment and to
provide the maximum headroom possible.
E.
All piping, except cast iron, which runs through concrete slabs or walls shall be insulated
or caulked in sleeves as hereinafter specified so that the pipe metal does not come in
contact with the concrete masonry.
F.
Equipment Drains, Drips, Etc.:
1.
FMD NO. 1310234
All devices and equipment having drain, drip or blowdown connection shall be
piped to nearest floor drain terminating with an elbow over grate, except where
otherwise specified.
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.
3.
4.
G.
3.2
PIPE, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
Section 232000
Piping shall be run parallel and plumb to walls and shall be braced to walls, floor,
other piping or equipment.
Piping shall be full size of device or equipment connection. Except for relief valve
discharges, horizontal drains may be combined into one pipe that is one pipe
larger than largest connecting pipe.
Condensate drains shall be trapped and provided with unions and cleanouts.
Unions shall be provided at all connections to flow control valves, equipment and
apparatus.
PROCEDURES FOR PIPE JOINTS:
A.
Welded Joints:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B.
All welding of pipe shall conform to the ASME and ANSI Standards B31.1 Power
Piping and B31.9 Building Services Piping.
Mitering or notching pipe to form elbows and tees will not be permitted. Field and
shop bevels shall be in accordance with the recognized standards and shall be
done by mechanical means or flame cutting. Where beveling is done by flame
cutting, surfaces shall be cleaned of slag, scale and oxidation prior to welding.
Before welding, the component parts to be welded shall be aligned so no strain is
placed on the weld when finally positioned. Height shall be aligned so that no
part of the pipe wall is offset by more than 20 percent of the wall thickness.
Flanges and branches shall be set true. This alignment shall be preserved during
the welding operations. Connections larger than 6" shall be made with backing
rings at welds.
Where the temperature of the component parts being welded reaches 32F or
lower, the material shall be heated to approximately 100F for a distance of 3' on
each side of the weld before welding, and the weld shall be finished before the
material cools to 32F. All welds shall be full penetration welds.
Defective welds shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the
Owner. Repairing of defective welds by adding new materials over the defects or
by peening will not be permitted.
Electrodes shall be stored in a dry, heated area and shall be kept free of
moisture or dampness during fabrication operations. Electrodes that have lost
part of their flux shall be discarded.
Fire protection safeguards shall be employed in connection with welding
operations.
No welding will be permitted where communication equipment has been
installed.
Before any welder shall perform any pipe welding, submit a copy of the Welding
Operator Qualification Test as required by the referenced standards cited
hereinbefore.
Screwed Joints:
1.
2.
3.
FMD NO. 1310234
All threads shall be standard, clean cut and tapered. All burrs shall be reamed
from inside of the pipe and pipe shall be turned on end and all loose dirt and
scale knocked out.
Pipes with threads stripped, chipped or damaged, or split pipe or defective
fittings shall not be used.
Joint compound shall be applied to the male threads only.
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
C.
Flanged Joints: Gaskets shall extend to inside the bolt holes, and flanges shall be
brought up truly and water and air tight on gaskets by tightening bolts on opposite sides
of the pipe.
D.
Copper Tubing Solder Joints:
1.
2.
3.
3.3
3.4
PIPE, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
Section 232000
Ends of pipe shall be cut square and cleaned with sand cloth so as to remove all
oxides before soldering. Fittings shall be similarly cleaned with sand cloth or wire
brush.
Flux shall be evenly applied to both pipe end and fittings.
Solder shall completely fill all parts of joint. Clean excess flux from pipe after joint
completed.
SLEEVES: Provide all sleeves in floors, beams, walls, roof, etc., as required for installing work of
this Division unless otherwise specified hereinafter.
A.
Where exposed in rooms, sleeves in floor slabs, except those on grade, shall project ¼"
to 3/8" above finished floor.
B.
Sleeves shall be of sufficient size for pipe and full size insulation to pass through.
C.
Sleeves through outside walls above grade shall be caulked watertight between pipe or
pipe insulation and sleeve with lead and oakum.
D.
Pipes penetrating walls below grade shall be sealed with a waterproof, modular,
mechanical expansion seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to
continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and wall opening. Sizing of links and
wall sleeve shall be determined by manufacturer. Thunderline "Link Seal" or Metraflex
“Metraseal”.
E.
Sleeves through poured concrete shall be secured to the forms before concrete is
poured.
F.
Piping passing under or through wall footings, foundations and retaining walls shall be
provided with a relieving arc, or an iron pipe sleeve two pipe sizes greater than the pipe
passing through.
G.
Sleeves shall be spaced sufficient distance from adjacent walls and other sleeves so that
insulation and/or finish plates may be installed without cutting insulation or plates.
H.
Sleeves shall be placed on the piping as it is installed to permit installation of sleeves in
walls, partitions, and slabs in one piece.
I.
See Section 230500 regarding firestop requirements.
PRESSURE TESTING: See particular piping section for pressure testing requirements.
END OF SECTION 232000
FMD NO. 1310234
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
HYDRONIC PIPING
Section 232113
SECTION 232113
HYDRONIC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
DESCRIPTION:
A.
This section specifies the piping component types and other requirements for the
hydronic piping associated with the mechanical systems.
B.
Hydronic water piping shall connect heat transfer equipment, pumps, components and
accessories to form a complete and operable system.
RELATED SECTIONS:
A.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
B.
Section 230523 HVAC Valves and Strainers
C.
Section 232000 Pipe, Fittings, and Accessories - HVAC
D.
Section 232114 Hydronic Specialties
E.
Section 232500 Water Treatment Systems
SYSTEM CONDITIONS:
A.
The chilled water system shall be installed for the following conditions:
Design Pressure:
Working Pressure:
Operating Temperature Range:
B.
125 psig.
80 psig.
40F to 80F.
The hot water heating system shall be installed for the following conditions:
Design Pressure:
Working Pressure:
Operating Temperature Range:
125 psig.
80 psig.
70F to 200F.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PIPE:
A.
Chilled Water
1.
FMD NO. 1310234
Black Steel
Schedule 40
Copper piping may be used in lieu of steel at the contractor's option for sizes 2"
and smaller.
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
B.
Heating Hot Water
1.
C.
2.3
Schedule 40
Copper piping may be used in lieu of steel at the contractor's option for sizes 2"
and smaller.
Galvanized
Copper piping may be used in lieu of steel at the contractor's option for sizes 2"
and smaller.
FITTINGS AND JOINTS:
A.
Black steel piping 2½" and larger shall be butt welded.
B.
Black steel piping smaller than 2½" shall be screwed.
C.
Galvanized steel piping shall be screwed.
D.
Copper piping shall be brazed.
VALVES:
A.
Chilled water valves:
1.
2.
B.
Valves 2½" and larger shall be butterfly type, except where otherwise indicated.
Balancing valves, where shown, shall be plug valves.
Valves smaller than 2½" shall be butterfly or ball type.
Hot water heating valves:
1.
2.
2.4
Black Steel
Strainer Blowdown, Drains, and Relief Valve Discharge
Steel
Schedule 40
1.
2.2
HYDRONIC PIPING
Section 232113
Valves 2½" and larger shall be butterfly type except where otherwise specified.
Balancing valves, where shown, shall be plug valves.
Valves smaller than 2½" shall be butterfly or ball type.
PIPE REDUCERS: Eccentric type and concentric type only.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
Install pipe to slope upward in the direction of flow, 1" in 40'.
3.2
Install reducers so as to eliminate unvented high points. Use eccentric reducers on horizontal
pipe with flat side on top.
3.3
Install interconnecting piping for apparatus and equipment.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
HYDRONIC PIPING
Section 232113
3.4
Exercise care to prevent dirt and foreign matter from entering system. All piping ends shall be
capped during construction.
3.5
The mechanical contractor shall coordinate with the controls contractor to ensure that tappings
for sensors are provided and are located to ensure accurate sensing and control.
3.6
CLEANING OF PIPING SYSTEM:
A.
Piping systems shall be cleaned prior to connection to an existing system (if applicable)
and prior to the application of water treatment. Clean all piping systems with a degreaser
as recommended by the chemical treatment supplier. Flush piping completely after
cleaning.
B.
Equipment and systems shall be operated only for testing prior to the application of water
treatment system.
C.
Remove all suction diffuser or strainer baskets, clean, and reinstall.
D.
After operation of the system, remove all suction diffuser or strainer baskets, clean, and
reinstall.
E.
No hydronic system shall be started until cleaning, flushing and pre-treatment has been
performed to the satisfaction of the water treatment contractor.
3.7
WELDING of schedule 40 and 80 pipe: Welder certification to be 6G position with the specified
rods. All root passes shall be welded with 1/8” 60-10 rod; run hot pass (2nd pass) with 70-18 low
hydrogen rod; use 70-18 low hydrogen rod for cap (3rd) pass; 4th pass, if required, to be same
as 3rd.
3.8
PIPE PRESSURE TEST: Pressure test piping before insulating or concealing. During the test,
hammer tap test each weld. Pipe shall hold the test pressure without perceptible leakage or
pressure loss. Test piping at not less than 1½ times working pressure, but not greater than
design pressure for two hours. Isolate equipment and apparatus that may be damaged during
pressure test.
3.9
MAKE-UP: Install make-up connection as detailed.
END OF SECTION 232113
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
Section 232114
SECTION 232114
HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This Section specifies the hydronic system specialty equipment requirements.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
C.
Section 230700 Mechanical Systems Insulation
D.
Section 232000 Pipe, Fittings, and Accessories - HVAC
E.
Section 232113 Hydronic Piping
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide product data showing equipment dimensions, capacity, weight, pressure rating
with associated Code compliance, and pipe connection sizes and locations.
C.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
D.
Provide operation and maintenance data; include start-up instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
QUALITY ASSURANCE: Except where otherwise specified, water specialties shall be Bell &
Gossett, Victaulic, Dunham-Bush, Hoffman or Thrush.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS: Provide an air vent at each high point of the circulating piping system,
except where piping is vented to cooling tower or open expansion tanks. Air vents shall be rated
for not less than 125 psig working pressure. Vents shall be American Tube and Controls No. 703,
Maid-O-Mist No. 71, or Taco No. 426.
2.2
EXPANSION TANKS shall be constructed of steel in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and stamped 125 psi working pressure. Provide charging
valve, drain valve, and NPT system connection. Tanks shall be equipped with replaceable heavyduty butyl rubber bladder. Provide floor-mounting skirt if vertical installation is required. Provide
an ASME relief valve and a pressure-reducing valve as detailed. Tanks and accessories shall be
manufactured by Bell & Gossett, Thrush, Armstrong, or Patterson.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.3
HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
Section 232114
IN-LINE/TANGENTIAL AIR AND DIRT SEPARATOR shall be Spirovent Microbubble combination
air and dirt separator. The air separator shall be capable of handling the full water flow indicated on
the Drawings at two foot (2’) pressure drop and water velocity shall not exceed 10 feet per second.
Separator shall be constructed of fabricated steel and 150 psig working pressure. Separator shall
provide air elimination efficiency of 100% free air, 100% entrained air, and 99.6% dissolved air at
the installation location. Dirt separation efficiency shall be a minimum of 80% of all particles 30
micron and larger within 100 passes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXPANSION TANKS shall be installed as shown on the drawings.
3.2
AIR ELIMINATION FITTINGS, makeup connections, and expansion tanks shall
interconnected as indicated on the drawings on the suction side of the circulating pump.
3.3
Extend automatic air vent discharge pipe to floor drain, air conditioning unit drain pan, out
through building wall or as shown on the drawings.
be
END OF SECTION 237223
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
PUMPS - END SUCTION
Section 232124
SECTION 232124
PUMPS - END SUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the requirements for base mounted end suction pumps
and their motors.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
C.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
D.
Section 230700 Mechanical Systems Insulation
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide product data showing pump curve with system operating point, motor
horsepower, electrical requirements and RPM.
C.
Provide shop drawings showing pump dimensions and pipe connection size and
accessories.
D.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
E.
Provide operation and maintenance procedures; include start-up instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Select pumps for quiet operation and system conditions. Impeller diameter shall not be
larger than 85% of the casing inside diameter measured from the water cut-off point.
B.
Pump efficiency shall not be less than the level scheduled on the plans.
C.
Pump required net positive suction head shall not exceed 12 feet, unless otherwise
noted.
D.
Pumps shall be rated for operation at 215°F and 175 psi working pressure, unless
otherwise noted.
E.
Pumps shall be selected so that motor will not overload to 125% of rated gpm.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
PUMPS – END SUCTION
SECTION 2321 24
HVAC & LIGHTING REPLACEMENT FOR PARK HALL (BLDG. NO. 0056)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
End suction single stage horizontal, base mounted, bronze fitted, except as noted below. Pump
shall be Bell and Gossett Series 1510, Armstrong Series 4030 or Patterson Pro-Max ES Series.
2.2
CONSTRUCTION:
A.
Base: Cast iron or fabricated steel, factory primed and finish painted with drip pan.
B.
Casing: Cast iron vertically split with vent plug and drain plug.
C.
Bearings: Ball type, external bracket mounted, greasable with fitting, selected for B-10
rating of 100,000 hours.
D.
Shaft: Stainless steel.
E.
Seal: Mechanical type, selected for the service encountered. Where external seal flushing
line is used, a flush line filter shall be factory installed, selected for the pump head
required.
F.
Shaft Sleeve: Bronze.
G.
Impeller: Bronze ASTM B119.
H.
I.
J.
Volute shall be supported from pump base by pump manufacturer.
Case Wearing Rings: Renewable bronze ASTM B62-4A.
Coupling: Provide EPDM coupler for all pumps to be operated by in a variable speed
mode. Hytrel couplers shall be used for all pumps to be operated in a constant speed mode.
K.
Motors: NEMA Type B, open drip-proof, high efficiency type as specified in Section 23 05
00.
L.
Bearing Protection Ring: All motors being controlled by the use of a Variable Frequency
Drive (VFD) shall be provided with a factory installed grounding ring to prevent fluting
damage. Ring shall be continuous. Bearing Protection Ring shall be AEGIS model SGR.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
Check pump shaft alignment prior to starting pump.
3.2
Provide cocks on vents and valves on drains. Pipe drip pans to floor drains.
3.3
Provide one (1) set of spare seals for each pump.
3.4
Bolt pumps to concrete base and grout in place.
3.5
If pump is factory provided with drain pan the contractor shall install drain piping to nearest floor
drain.
END OF SECTION 232124
FMD NO. 1310234
2
`
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
PUMPS - IN LINE
Section 232125
SECTION 232125
PUMPS - IN LINE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the requirements for in line pumps and their motors.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
C.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
D.
Section 230700 Mechanical Systems Insulation
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide product data showing pump curve with system operating point, motor
horsepower, electrical requirements and RPM.
C.
Provide shop drawings showing pump dimensions and pipe connection size and
accessories.
D.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
E.
Provide operation and maintenance procedures; include start-up instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Select pumps for quiet operation and system conditions. Impeller diameter shall not be
larger than 85% of the casing inside diameter measured from the water cut-off point.
B.
Pump efficiency shall not be less than the level scheduled on the plans.
C.
Pump required net positive suction head shall not exceed 12 feet, unless otherwise
noted.
D.
Pumps shall be rated for operation at 215F and 175 psi working pressure, unless
otherwise noted.
E.
Pumps shall be selected so that motor will not overload to 125% of rated gpm.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
PUMPS - IN LINE
Section 232125
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
In line, single stage, vertical, close coupled, bronze fitted, with mechanical seal. Pump shall be
Bell and Gosset Series 80, Armstrong Series 4380, Aurora 380 Series, or Patterson VIL series.
2.2
CONSTRUCTION:
A.
Casing: Cast iron with cast iron cylinder bracket connecting pump to motor.
B.
Shaft: Steel.
C.
Seal: Mechanical type, serviceable without breaking pipe connections, selected for the
service encountered.
D.
Impeller: Bronze ASTM B119.
E.
Case Wearing Rings: Renewable bronze ASTM 62-4A.
F.
Motors: NEMA Type B, open drip-proof, high efficiency type where scheduled.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
Provide one (1) set of spare seals for each pump.
3.2
Support pumps with threaded rods and hangers, one each side, from the structure.
END OF SECTION 232125
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
STEAM AND RETURN PIPING SYSTEM
Section 232213
SECTION 232213
STEAM AND RETURN PIPING SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
DESCRIPTION:
A.
This section specifies the steam and return piping system component types.
B.
Steam and return piping shall connect boiler, coils, heaters, condensate pump, traps,
components and accessories to form a complete and operable system.
RELATED SECTIONS:
A.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
B.
Section 230523 HVAC Valves and Strainers
C.
Section 232000 Pipe, Fittings, and Accessories - HVAC
D.
Section 232214 Heating Specialties – Steam
E.
Section 232500 Water Treatment Systems
DEFINITIONS: Steam pressures are:
Low pressure:
Medium pressure:
High pressure:
1.4
0 to 15 psig
16 to 80 psig
above 80 psig
SYSTEM CONDITIONS: The system shall be installed for the following conditions:
Design Working Pressure:
Operating Pressure:
Operating Temperature:
125 psig.
40 psig.
100 psi
15 psi
338°F
250°F
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PIPE:
A.
Aboveground Steam
B
Black Steel Schedule 40
ASTM A53-97b Grade
B.
Aboveground Condensate
B
Black Steel Schedule 80
ASTM A53-97b Grade
C.
Strainer Blowdown, Drains,
Galvanized Steel Schedule 80
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
STEAM AND RETURN PIPING SYSTEM
Section 232213
and Relief Valve Discharge
2.2
FITTINGS AND JOINTS:
A.
Black steel piping 2½" and larger shall be butt welded.
B.
Black steel piping smaller than 2½" shall be socket welded or screwed.
C.
Galvanized steel piping 2½" and larger shall be screwed with flanged joints.
D.
Galvanized steel piping smaller than 2½" shall be screwed.
2.3
VALVES shall be flanged gate, globe and angle type.
2.4
PIPE REDUCERS shall be eccentric type.
2.5
VACUUM BREAKERS shall be one inch (1") swing check valves.
2.6
BLOWDOWN VALVES shall be quick opening type Kunkle Model 300 or equivalent by Spence
or Armstrong. Valves shall comply with ASME Section VIII. Cast steel design, exposed spring, full
nozzle with stainless steel trim, ANSI 300 lb. inlet flange with 150 lb. outlet flange.
2.7
Gaskets shall be equal to spiral-wound metallic - Flexitallic, Flexite Super Metallic spiral wound
type, 304 SS (minimum) with non-asbestos mineral filler ring-type gaskets in conformance with
ANSI B16.20
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
Install steam pipe to slope downward in the direction of condensate flow. Except where otherwise
specified, piping shall slope downward one inch (1”) in twenty feet. Branch piping not more than
twelve feet long as measured along the centerline shall slope downward toward the main not less
than one inch in ten feet.
3.2
Install branch tees with side outlet positioned 45 degrees above the horizontal plane.
3.3
Install drip leg not smaller than trap inlet connection at each trap location. Drip leg shall be not
less than twelve inches deep. Drip traps shall be one inch (1") size.
3.4
Install strainer blowdown at each strainer. Blowdown shall be full size of strainer tapping and
shall include gate valve and cap.
3.5
Install vacuum breakers in a horizontal run of pipe not less than 1'-0" above the equipment return
connection.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
STEAM AND RETURN PIPING SYSTEM
Section 232213
3.6
Install eccentric fittings in steam piping so that the bottom of the pipe maintains a uniform pitch.
3.7
Install drips at the base of all steam risers, at the low points and at the ends of all steam mains.
3.8
Contractor shall provide both pressure test of the piping and unltrasonic testing of 100% of the
full penetration welds in both steam and steam condensate systems.
3.9
Steam and condensate and heating hot water lines shall be cycled through heat-up and cool
down and joints shall be inspected for leaks and tightened as needed (at least twice, after two
months and after 9 months during the warranty period).
3.10
Flange bolts shall be torqued strictly in accordance with the gasket manufacturer's installation
instructions and recommendations.
3.11
BLOWING DOWN:
A.
Steam piping system shall be blown down as follows:
1.
2.
3.
3.12
Before the thermostatic members of the steam traps have been installed, and
before the return mains have been connected to the return pump, the return
mains shall be run outside of the building separately. Steam piping system shall
be blown down at a pressure of five (5) pounds gauge and thoroughly cleaned.
All automatic valves shall be manually opened wide while the system is being
blown down.
All strainers shall be cleaned after system has been blown down.
B.
Existing steam and return piping shall be valved off where possible prior to blowing down.
Where this cannot be done, all existing trap bodies shall be removed and temporary
bypass piping installed. After blowdown the traps shall be reinstalled.
C.
The working internal parts of existing traps shall be removed prior to blowing down and
reinstalled after blowdown. Internal parts shall be thoroughly cleaned and examined
before replacement and any defective parts reported to the Architect in writing together
with a change order proposal for replacement.
CLEANING OF PIPING SYSTEM:
A.
Flush system with clean water to remove all dirt and foreign matter. Clean steam and
condensate piping as specified in Section 232500 - WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS.
B.
Remove strainer baskets, clean, and reinstall.
C.
After operation of the system, remove strainer baskets, clean and reinstall.
END OF SECTION 232213
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
HEATING SPECIALTIES - STEAM
Section 232214
SECTION 232214
HEATING SPECIALTIES - STEAM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the steam specialty requirements.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions - HVAC
B.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
C.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
D.
Section 232000 Pipe, Fittings and Accessories – HVAC
E.
Section 232213 Steam and Return Piping System
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide product data showing equipment dimensions, capacity, weight and pipe
connection sizes and locations.
C.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
D.
Provide operation and maintenance data; include start-up instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
STEAM TRAPS:
A.
Inverted Bucket Traps: Traps shall have not less than 125 psig steel body, stainless steel
or monel bucket, valve and valve mechanism, including all working parts. Trap design
shall allow replacement of internal parts without removal from connecting piping.
B.
Capacities: Traps shall have sufficient capacity to pass 300 percent of the capacity of the
apparatus being served at five percent (5%) of the system working pressure, unless
otherwise noted or scheduled.
C.
Traps shall be Armstrong 800 PC.
STEAM PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES: Steam pressure reducing valves shall be single
seated, self-operated, normally closed, external pilot type. Valve body shall be of cast steel
construction with stainless steel diaphragm and stem. Valves shall be Spence Type ED.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.3
HEATING SPECIALTIES - STEAM
Section 232214
REMOVABLE INSULATION JACKETS for STEAM:
A.
Warranty: Warranty all materials and labor for a period of Five Years
B.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products
specified in this Section with minimum two years documented experience. Made in USA.
C.
Preformed Thermal Jackets:
1.
2.
Manufacturers: ThermaXX LLC 16 Hamilton Street West Haven CT 06516
Insulation
a.
For Box Type Jackets:
(1)
(2)
(3)
b.
High-temperature insulation blanket formed of silica Aerogel and
reinforced with a non-woven, glass-fiber batting. (Pyrogel XT
10mm in thickness).
Insulation must be hydrophobic.
Estimation of Maximum Use Temperature 1200°F (650°C).
For Non Box Type Jackets:
(1)
(2)
(3)
High-temperature insulation blanket formed of silica Aerogel and
reinforced with a non-woven, glass-fiber batting. (Pyrogel XT
10mm in thickness).
Insulation must be hydrophobic.
Estimation of Maximum Use Temperature 1200°F (650°C)
OR
(4)
(5)
c.
3.
All insulation materials shall be Non-Asbestos.
Jacket:
a.
Hot Side
(1)
(2)
b.
(3)
PTFE Fiberglass Composite Jacketing, 16.5 oz/sq. yd. minimum
EJ1650 By Textiles Coated or TF1650 By Integrated Marketing
Group.
Estimation of Maximum Use Temperature 600°F (315°C).
Thread:
a.
b.
c.
FMD NO. 1310234
LFP 2109 pure PTFE 13.5 oz per square yard (Textiles Coated
International).
Estimation of Maximum Use Temperature 550°F (287°C).
Cold Side
(1)
(2)
4.
Glass mat, type E needled fiber. ¼”, ½" @ 9 LB/CF & 1" @ 11.3
LB/CF.
Estimation of Maximum Use Temperature 1200°F (650°C).
Begins to decompose at about 800 degrees (400 degrees C).
Does not melt.
Diameter- .0114.
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
d.
5.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
Gate valves.
Glove valves.
Check valves.
Strainers.
Steam trays.
PRVs.
Flanges.
Unions.
Jacket Performance and Insulation Thickness:
1.
Insulation thickness: As required for Touch Temperature.
a.
2.4
Double sewn lock stitch with a minimum 4 to 6 stitches per inch. Jackets
shall be sewn with two (2) parallel rows of stitching using thread in
section 1.3D. The thread must be able to withstand the skin
temperatures without degradation.
Hog rings, staples and wire are not are not acceptable methods of
closure.
No raw cut jacket edges shall be exposed.
Jackets shall be fastened using hook and loop (Velcro), 1 ½” wide straps
and 1 1/2” Slide Buckles.
All stitching will be done with thread in section 1.3D.
Provide a permanently attached stainless steel nameplate on each
jacket to identify its location, size and tag number.
Provide a stainless steel grommet at the low point of each jacket, in wet
areas for moisture drain (on horizontal jackets as required).
The insulation shall be designed to minimize the convection current in
the space between the hot metal surface and the inner layer of
insulation. To this end, during jacket fabrication, the layers of insulating
mat shall be placed in an overlapping pattern.
All jacket pieces which match mating seams must include an extended
2" flap constructed from the exterior fabric and shall be secured using
hook & loop closure (i.e. Velcro TM) parallel to the seam.
Insulation must be sewn as integral part of the jacket to prevent shifting
of the insulation.
Steam Trap and Steam Trap Station Jackets must be constructed in a
box shape for removal and replacement inspection ease.
Components to be Jacketed:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
E.
Break Point – 35lbs.
Construction:
a.
D.
HEATING SPECIALTIES - STEAM
Section 232214
Exterior of all jacket < 120°F.
STEAM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES: Steam pressure relief valves downstream of pressure
reducing stations shall have sufficient capacity to relieve the full capacity of the reducing valve at
a relief pressure 5 psig higher than the pressure setting of the reducing valve, unless otherwise
indicated. Relief valves serving equipment shall be set for pressure no higher than the rating of
the equipment. Relief valves shall be poppet type, all bronze for 3" smaller, and cast iron for 4"
and larger, conforming to the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section VIII as manufactured by Consolidated, Kunkle, or Sarco.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.5
HEATING SPECIALTIES - STEAM
Section 232214
DRIP PAN ELBOW: Kunkle Figure 299.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
Except where otherwise indicated, the pump receiver inlet shall be installed so that condensate
drains by gravity into the receiver.
3.2
Except where otherwise indicated, traps shall be installed not less than one foot below the outlet
connection of the apparatus served.
3.3
Install drip pan elbows at relief valve discharge of medium pressure steam boilers and converters
complete with vent through roof and drain piping.
3.4
Provide siphon tubes for gauge cocks and pressure gauges in steam piping and equipment.
END OF SECTION 232214
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS
Section 232500
SECTION 232500
WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the requirements for equipment and installation of the
water treatment systems.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
C.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
D.
Section 232113 Hydronic Piping
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide product data showing chemical treatment materials, equipment, and electrical
connection requirements.
C.
Provide shop drawings showing piping schematic, wiring diagram, pump dimensions and
pipe connection size.
D.
Provide manufacturer’s field report stating how system start-up was performed, current
status of system and analysis of system water before and after treatment.
E.
Provide operation and maintenance data; include start-up instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Water treatment shall be performed by an independent firm regularly engaged in the
business of water treatment.
B.
Water treatment supplier shall be Technical Specialties Corporation (TSC). Contact
David Lloyd, 1-800-343-0538 or 404-933-9596, email gawaterboy@aol.com. Water
treatment contractor shall be employed by the contractor to review design, preparation,
cleaning flushing and start-up.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.5
WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS
Section 232500
SYSTEM CONDITIONS:
A.
Piping systems shall be cleaned prior to connection to an existing system (if applicable)
and prior to the application of water treatment. Clean all piping systems with a degreaser
as recommended by the chemical treatment supplier. Flush piping completely after
cleaning.
B.
Equipment and systems shall be operated only for testing prior to the application of water
treatment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
HOT WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM: Pot feeder shall be galvanized or painted enamel steel
construction, 125 psig rated, 2 gallon capacity complete with threaded top and inlet and outlet
pipe tappings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
TESTING AND TREATMENT:
A.
The chemical supplier shall check the equipment for proper installation.
B.
Water samples shall be collected and analyzed with report forwarded to the Engineer.
C.
Test steel coupons after exposure for 30, 60, and 90 days and submit evaluation to UGAFMD. Test Steel and copper coupons prior to expiration of first year warranty and submit
evaluation to UGA-FMD.
D.
No hydronic system shall be started until cleaning, flushing and pre-treatment has been
performed to the satisfaction of the water treatment contractor.
END OF SECTION 232500
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
DUCTWORK
Section 233100
SECTION 233100
DUCTWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the sheetmetal requirements for Division 23 ductwork.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
B.
Section 230700 Mechanical Systems Insulation
C.
Section 230593 Testing, Balancing and Adjusting
D.
Section 233315 Fire, Smoke and Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers
E.
Section 233713 Grilles, Registers, and Diffusers
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide data on damper performance including, but not limited to, total static pressure
drop verses airflow shown for all multi-blade dampers, size and quantity of dampers
required.
C.
Provide shop drawing showing multi-blade damper dimensions, construction, duct
connection sizes and electrical requirements.
D.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
STANDARDS:
A.
Refer to the SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible ", Third
Edition, 2005 , latest printing published by SMACNA.
B.
Refer to the SMACNA “Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines”, latest printing
published by SMACNA.
C.
Unless noted otherwise herein, all ductwork shall be constructed, sealed, and supported
in strict compliance with the SMACNA standards referenced above.
D.
Refer to the SMACNA “IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction”, First
Edition, 1995, for both new construction and renovation work.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
DUCTWORK
Section 233100
1.5
PRESSURE AND VELOCITY RATINGS: All supply air ductwork, return ductwork, and exhaust
ductwork, unless otherwise noted, shall be constructed and reinforced for 2000 FPM velocity and
2" static positive or negative, unless otherwise noted. This construction shall be referred to as
"low pressure".
1.6
DUCT DIMENSIONS: Dimensions shown on the drawings are metal-to-metal size, unless noted
otherwise.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
2.3
METAL MATERIALS:
A.
Sheetmetal shall be hot dipped galvanized steel of lock forming quality with minimum zinc
coating of 1.25 ounces per square foot each side (SMACNA G-90) per ASTM A 525.
Exposed duct to be painted shall be “paint-grip” type or treated to accept paint.
Coordinate locations that ductwork is required to be painted with engineer. In general, all
exposed ductwork in occupied areas shall be paint grip type and shall be painted color as
chosen by owner/engineer.
B.
Formed reinforcing drives, slips, pocket locks, and standing seams shall be constructed
from sheet metal stock of the same material as the associated ductwork. Intermediate
reinforcing angles may be uncoated steel painted with two coats of primer.
C.
Round and flat oval ductwork shall be factory fabricated low-pressure spiral lock seam
type constructed in accordance with the above referenced SMACNA manual. All fittings
shall be factory fabricated by same manufacturer as ductwork. Manufacturers shall be
Semco, Monroe Metals, or United Sheet Metal.
PLENUMS AND CASINGS:
A.
Field fabricated plenums and casings shall be constructed per referenced SMACNA
manual, except minimum steel gauge shall be 18 and minimum angle size 1" x 1" x 1/8".
Angles shall be galvanized. Access doors shall be hinged, gasketed, and latched.
Minimum size shall be 20" width by 48" high unless casing is 60" or less high. Door
height shall be adjusted to 12" less than casing height for casings less than 60" high. All
plenums shall be lined with 1” (2”) thick rigid Type II duct liner.
B.
Cover entire surface of plenum over liner with 22 gauge perforated galvanized sheets
with 1/8” diameter openings on 5/8” centers, attached with stick clips spaced at 18” on
center each way, spot welded with 1” galvanized disc washers.
ACCESSORIES:
A.
Splitter damper: Shall not be used.
B.
Single blade manual dampers shall be constructed in accordance with Figure 2.12 of
referenced SMACNA Manual, except as noted. Provide end bearings and continuous
rods on all dampers except those 10” round and smaller in 1” pressure class ductwork.
Single blade dampers shall not be used in ducts over 30" in one dimension.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
DUCTWORK
Section 233100
C.
Access doors shall be galvanized steel hinged and latched insulated type, minimum 8" x
8" size, manufactured per referenced SMACNA standard. Where access to equipment
requires a larger door, size shall be increased to allow full accessibility. Hinges shall be
furnished with brass pins. Where hinges do not allow for access, latches shall be
provided on all sides. Manufacturers shall be Air Balance, Krueger, Nailor Ind., Phillips
Aire, Ruskin, or Ventlok.
D.
Flexible ductwork in low-pressure systems shall be factory fabricated Class 1 type rated
for a minimum of 4" positive or ¾ " negative static pressure. In medium pressure
systems, flexible ductwork shall be rated for 10" positive and 1" negative static pressure.
All flex ductwork shall be insulated type, tested in accordance with UL 181, with a
minimum R-value of 6. Construction shall be metalized polyester or black polyethylene
over galvanized steel wire or vinyl impregnated fiberglass on tedlar covered steel helix or
spiral. Insulation shall be 1" thick fiberglass with vapor barrier jacket. Exterior skin of
metalized polyester or black polyethylene is as shown on drawings. Manufacturers shall
be Atco, Cleveaflex, Flexmaster, or Thermaflex. Black polyethylene type shall be installed
above any ceiling types that will allow the ductwork to be visible.
E.
Refer to the SMACNA “IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction”, First
Edition, 1995, for both new construction and renovation work.
F.
Flexible duct connectors shall be non-combustible glass fabric of 30 oz. per square yard
minimum weight fabric, coated on each side with fire-retardant Neoprene for indoor
applications and Hypalon on exterior applications. Fabric shall be 3" wide and attached at
each edge with a strip of 24 gauge galvanized steel. Material shall be tested in
accordance with UL 181 and shall be suitable for contained exposure 200F
continuously.
G.
Low VOC water based duct sealing compounds shall be manufactured to comply with
NFPA 90A, U.L. listed and complying with ASTM E84. The sealants must be rated for
high pressure applications, both indoor and outdoor, and also comply with the current
VOC limits of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District Regulation 8, Rule 51, with a
maximum VOC emission of 250 grams per liter. Sealants shall be by Ductmate, Foster,
Hardcast or United Sheet Metal. Pressure sensitive tape is not acceptable.
2.4
RIGID DUCT LINER: Internal rigid glass fiber board shall meet the requirements of ASTM C1071
Type II. Duct liner shall be 1” (2”) thick, minimum 3lb. density, with coated finished internal
surface suitable for duct velocities to 4000 f.p.m., without erosion. Thermal conductivity shall not
exceed 0.24 for 1” thick or 0.12 for 2” thick at 75F. Liner surface coating shall have an EPA
registered, anti-microbial agent to guard against potential growth of fungus and bacteria and have
passed the testing of ASTM C 1338. Duct liner shall provide a minimum NRC of 0.65 for 1” or
0.95 for 2” when tested in accordance with ASTM C 518. Duct liner shall be by Certain Teed,
Johns Manville, Knauf or Owens Corning.
2.5
LINER ADHESIVE: Liner adhesives shall be low VOC, water based, meeting the requirements of
the liner manufacturer. Products used must comply with the current VOC content limits of the
South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168, with a maximum VOC
emission of 70 grams per liter. They shall be manufactured by the insulation manufacturer or by
Ductmate, Foster, Hardcast, United McGill or 3M.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
DUCTWORK
Section 233100
2.6
MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS: Manual dampers shall be multi-blade opposed action type.
Frames shall be formed 13 gauge galvanized steel channel with corner braces above size 20
inches wide and 20 inches high. Maximum individual damper width shall not exceed 48”. Blades
shall be 6 inches (maximum) wide, constructed of 16 U.S. Gauge (minimum thickness) formed
galvanized steel attached to cold-rolled galvanized steel axles. Axle bearings shall be selflubricating nylon or Teflon. Damper shall be controlled by factory assembled operating linkages
concealed in the frame outside of airstream, constructed of galvanized steel. Provide adjustable
locking quadrant at each damper section. Ruskin CD35 or equal by Arrow United, Cesco,
Greenheck, Leader or National Controlled Air.
2.7
CONTROL DAMPERS: Control dampers shall be multi-blade, opposed action, airfoil type.
Frames shall be formed 16 gauge galvanized steel channel with corner braces. Maximum
individual damper width shall not exceed 60”. Blades shall be double skin airfoil type, 6 inches
(maximum) wide, constructed of 16 U.S. Gauge (minimum thickness) formed galvanized steel
attached to cold-rolled galvanized steel axles. Axle bearings shall be self-lubricating nylon or
Teflon. Damper shall be controlled by factory assembled operating linkages concealed in the
frame outside of airstream, constructed of galvanized steel. Jamb seals shall be stainless steel
and blade seals shall be compressible neoprene, synthetic elastomer or extruded vinyl. Blade
seals shall be replaceable. Leakage rate shall be AMCA certified. Individual actuators shall serve
a maximum of 30 square feet of damper area. Provide additional actuators for larger areas.
Dampers shall be powered closed and foil-open. Ruskin CD60 or equal by Arrow United, Cesco,
Greenheck, Leader, Tamco or National Controlled Air. BAS Controls contractor to verify that
control damper sizing is correct.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL DUCTWORK INSTALLATION:
A.
All ductwork shall be fabricated, stored and installed per the SMACNA Duct Cleanliness
Guidelines for Intermediate Level Cleanliness. This guide includes the requirement for
ducts to be stored in a clean, dry area, the installation area shall be protected from the
elements, and temporary closure of open ends on completed ducts, and other measures
intended to minimize contamination of the circulating air.
B.
All (existing or new) ductwork that is open-ended (temporarily or permanently) shall be
covered, sealed and protected to eliminate the entry of foreign debris into the ductwork
system. All existing Return air ductwork that is to be open-ended during construction shall
be covered with MERV 8 filter media.
C.
Provide offsets, elbows, and transformations to coordinate with other work. Changes in
shape or dimension shall be made with a maximum slope as noted in SMACNA Duct
Construction Standard.
D.
Ducts over 12" in either dimension, except those to be insulated with rigid board, shall
have all sides cross broken or machine formed transverse beads spaced not over 12" on
center.
E.
Leave system clean from dust, trash and foreign matter.
F.
Installation shall be air tight and free from rattles, vibration and movement.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.2
3.3
3.4
DUCTWORK
Section 233100
G.
Provide access doors for access to fire dampers, controls, coils, duct smoke detectors,
humidifiers, and where required for cleaning, oiling, inspection and maintenance.
H.
Install flexible connections at each air handling unit connection and each fan connection,
unless air handling units are internally isolated.
I.
Paint interior ductwork visible behind ceilings, grilles or registers flat black. Coordinate
with architect and engineer locations to paint ductwork.
J.
Coordinate locations that ductwork is required to be painted with engineer. In general, all
exposed ductwork in occupied areas shall be paint grip type and shall be painted color as
chosen by owner/engineer.
DUCTWORK SUPPORT:
A.
Ductwork shall be supported per SMACNA standard except hanger spacing shall not
exceed 8' for rectangular duct and 10' for round rigid ductwork. See further sections
outlining where hangers are permitted.
B.
Ductwork penetrating floors in equipment rooms shall be provided with a 4" high concrete
curb around the duct.
C.
Support vertical risers at each floor.
D.
All rectangular ductwork shall be supported by use of SMACNA approved trapeze
hangers. The use of screws or rivets and hanger straps shall not be permitted.
E.
All round or oval ductwork shall be supported by use of SMACNA approved trapeze
hangers or the use of hanger straps that do not involve the use of screws securing the
strap to the duct. Screws or rivets shall not be installed in any portion of the ductwork that
is used for air movement.
LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK:
A.
Squared and radiused elbows shall be constructed as per figure 2-2, except no mitered
elbows or square elbows without vanes are allowed. Turning vanes shall be constructed
as per figures 2-3 and 2-4.
B.
Divided flow branches shall be constructed as per figure 2-5, always with splitter damper.
C.
All rectangular low pressure ductwork that does not contain terminal units (constant
volume units) shall use TDF duct joint systems, regardless of size.
DUCT SEALING:
A.
Seal joints per SMACNA procedures with duct sealer as duct is erected. Sealing
ductwork after erection is complete will not be accepted. Cover all joints to be sealed with
sealer and assemble in normal fashion. Duct Seal Levels are as follows:
1.
FMD NO. 1310234
Seal Level A – Seal all transverse joints, longitudinal seams, and all duct wall
penetrations.
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
B.
Where ductwork is bolted together, provide 1/8" thick gaskets at each bolted joint.
C.
All supply air ductwork and exhaust/relief ductwork on the discharge outlet side of the
exhaust/relief fan shall be Seal Level A.
D.
All other low pressure ductwork not addressed above shall be sealed as follows:
1.
2.
3.
3.5
DUCTWORK
Section 233100
Exterior – Seal Level A
Unconditioned Interior Space – Seal Level B.
Plenums or Conditioned Space – Seal Level C.
FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK INSTALLATION:
A.
Flex duct shall be installed full size of diffuser unless otherwise shown. Maximum length
of flexible duct shall not exceed 5 feet at diffusers and 2 feet at terminal inlets.
B.
Where length of diffusers runout exceeds 5 feet, use low-pressure duct for extension.
Secure flexible ductwork at all connections to diffusers, terminals, and round ductwork
with Flexmaster “Quick Release – LS Series” stainless steel clamps.
C.
Flexible ductwork to be supported per SMACNA, figures 3-9 or 3-10.
D.
Flex ductwork shall not be used in exhaust or return duct systems.
3.6
DUCTS THROUGH FIRE RATED walls and floors shall have areas around exterior of duct or
insulation sealed with fire barrier material. See Section 230500.
3.7
FIELD-FABRICATED PLENUMS:
3.8
A.
Reinforcing frame shall consist of base angles set on gasket and bolted to foundations.
Horizontal and vertical frame angles shall be spaced as per SMACNA requirements.
Angles shall be bolted or welded together. Access door openings shall be framed on four
sides. Plenum casings shall be bolted, riveted or spot welded to inside surface of angle
frame. Seal all joints with gaskets.
B.
Plenum doors shall be installed to close with plenum pressure. Install doors on sills,
minimum 6" for 60" high casing, otherwise 8".
C.
Install finish over liner on all surfaces of plenum.
DUCT LINER AND FINISH:
A.
All portions of ductwork or plenums designated to be lined shall be completely covered
with duct liner. Fasten duct liner to sheetmetal with coated surface facing the airside and
secured with ASTM C 916 compliant adhesive with 100% coverage and mechanical
fasteners per the requirements of the above referenced SMACNA manual. Mechanical
fasteners shall not compress the insulation more than 1/8” and shall be spaced per the
SMACNA manual guidelines.
FMD NO. 1310234
6
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.9
DUCTWORK
Section 233100
B.
Metal nosing shall be provided at transverse edge of liner facing the fan discharge when
air velocities exceed 2000 F.P.M. or at any point where lined duct is preceded by unlined
duct. Locate mechanical fasteners within 3" of leading edge of liner across entire face.
Butt liner joints together to form a continuous liner surface.
C.
Any damage to the airside surface must be repaired by coating with duct liner adhesive.
D.
Lined ductwork downstream of air unit fans in supply air systems is to be covered with 24
gauge perforated galvanized sheet metal over 100% of surfaces, 1/8” openings on 5/8”
centers, attached with washer over liner stick clips spot welded closed.
DUCTWORK LEAKAGE TESTING:
A.
All new ductwork shall be tested.
B.
Provide necessary coordination with the Testing agency to schedule leakage testing.
Provide temporary blank-off panels or plugs as required to perform the leakage testing.
Temporary panels and plugs shall be removed after leakage testing is completed.
C.
Duct Leakage Testing shall be performed with all fire dampers, duct access doors,
pressure relief doors, flexible duct connector run-outs, etc installed in system.
D.
Correct any leaking joints or assemblies as required to comply with the leakage testing
requirements.
E.
Ductwork shall not be covered with insulation until compliance with the leakage test
requirements have been met.
F.
Mechanical Contractor(s) shall make all needed provisions to aide Test and Balance
Contractor to insure that leakage testing can be completed as required.
G.
All testing shall be witnessed by a representative of the owner’s Physical Plant
Department. Coordinate testing times and dates with the owner a minimum of 1 week
prior to testing commencement.
END OF SECTION 233100
FMD NO. 1310234
7
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
FIRE, SMOKE, AND COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS
Section 233315
SECTION 233315
FIRE, SMOKE, AND COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the requirements for fire dampers, smoke dampers and
combination fire smoke dampers.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
B.
Section 233100 Ductwork
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide data on damper performance including, but not limited to, total static pressure
drop verses airflow shown for damper, size and quantity of dampers required.
C.
Provide shop drawing showing dimensions, duct connection sizes and electrical
requirements.
D.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
E.
Provide operation and maintenance procedures; include testing instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Fire dampers shall conform to the requirements of UL 555, Sixth Edition, 1999.
B.
Fire damper shall bear label of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for 1½ hour rating,
unless noted otherwise.
C.
Smoke dampers shall be constructed and tested in accordance with UL 555S, Fourth
Edition, 1999.
D.
Combination fire smoke dampers shall be constructed and tested in accordance with UL
555, Sixth Edition, 1999 and UL 555S, Fourth Edition, 1999.
E.
Multiple fire/smoke dampers and/or smoke dampers shall be furnished with motors
and/or actuators each by the same manufacturer.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
FIRE, SMOKE, AND COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS
Section 233315
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
FIRE DAMPERS:
A.
Locations and sizes of fire dampers shall conform to the drawing requirements.
B.
Fire dampers shall be curtain type.
C.
Fusible links shall break at 165F maximum unless otherwise noted.
D.
Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, fire dampers in supply ducts shall be the
Type B style, in which the stack of open blades is entirely contained within an enclosure
above the duct, out of the air stream. Fire dampers in return ducts and exhaust ducts
shall be the Type A style, in have blades inside the airstream. Fire dampers shall be
manufactured by Air Balance, Greenheck, Leader, Nailor Ind., Prefco, Ruskin, or Safe
Air.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION:
A.
Fire dampers shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and the
SMACNA Fire Damper and Heat Stop Guide for Air Handling Systems, Second Edition,
1981. Sleeves shall be 20-gauge steel, integral to the damper, and 12" long. Angles
shall be installed as required by SMACNA guide.
B.
Provide duct access doors at all fire, smoke and fire/smoke damper locations.
END OF SECTION 233315
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
FANS
Section 233400
SECTION 233400
FANS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the miscellaneous fan requirements.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
C.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
D.
Section 230549 Vibration Isolation
E.
Section 233100 Ductwork
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide data on fan performance including, but not limited to, airflow and total static
pressure, and fan motor horsepower.
C.
Provide shop drawing showing unit dimensions, weight, electrical requirements, service
access requirements and duct connection sizes and locations.
D.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
E.
Provide operation and maintenance procedures; include start-up instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 211 and AMCA 311. AXIJET Fan sizes 1825
and larger bear the AMCA Seal for Sound and Air Performance.
B.
Classification for Spark Resistant Construction: Conform to AMCA 99.
C.
Each fan shall be tested before shipping. Motors to be tested for amperage drawn.
D.
If inverter duty motors are required, see Section 230500 Common Work Results for
HVAC for grounding ring requirements.
E.
A certificate to be supplied with each fan as to quality control before shipping and
compliance to specifications.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
F.
FANS
Section 233400
References:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
AMCA 99
Standards Handbook.
AMCA 210
Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes.
AMCA 211
Certified Ratings Procedure – Air Performance.
AMCA 300
Test Code for Sound Ratings Programs for Air Moving Devices.
AMCA 311
Certified Sound Ratings Program for Air Moving Devices.
AFMBA Method of Evaluating Load Ratings of Bearings (ASA-B3.11).
AMCA 204
Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans.
AMCA 500
Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
CENTRIFUGAL IN-LINE FANS:
A.
Duct mounted supply, exhaust or return fans shall be of the centrifugal belt driven in-line
type. The fan housing shall be of the square design constructed of heavy gauge
galvanized steel and shall include square duct mounting collars. Fan construction shall
include two removable access panels located perpendicular to the motor mounting panel.
The access panels must be of sufficient size to permit easy access to all interior
components.
B.
The fan wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of aluminum and shall
include a wheel cone carefully matched to the inlet cone for precise running tolerances.
Wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
C.
Motors shall be heavy duty ball bearing type, carefully matched to the fan load and
furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Motors and drives shall be
mounted out of the airstream. Motors shall be readily accessible for maintenance.
D.
Precision ground and polished fan shafts shall be mounted in permanently sealed,
lubricated pillow block ball bearings. Bearings shall be selected for a minimum (L50) life
in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed.
E.
Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150% of driven horsepower. Pulleys shall be of
the fully machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor
shafts. Motor pulleys shall be adjustable for final system balancing.
F.
A NEMA 1 disconnect switch shall be provided as standard. Factory wiring shall be
provided from motor to the handy box.
G.
All fans shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for both sound and air performance.
Each fan shall bear a permanently affixed manufacturer’s nameplate containing the
model number and individual serial number for future identification.
H.
Provide optional backdraft dampers and motor fan guard.
I.
Fans shall be Model SQ as manufactured by Greenheck Fan Corporation or Equivalent
by PennBarry or ACME.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
FANS
Section 233400
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION:
A.
Support in line fans from the structure with threaded rods and isolators.
B.
See drawings for fan scheduled capacities and requirements.
END OF SECTION 233400
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINALS
Section 233616
SECTION 233616
VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the requirements for variable volume terminal units.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
C.
Section 233100 Ductwork
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide data on unit performance including, but not limited to, airflow and total static
pressure drop.
C.
Provide shop drawing showing unit dimensions, weight, electrical requirements, service
access requirements and duct connection sizes and locations.
D.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
E.
Provide operation and maintenance procedures; include start-up instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
QUALITY ASSURANCE: Units shall be tested and rated in accordance with ADC 1062R1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINALS:
A.
Terminals shall be digital type. Casings shall be minimum 22 gauge, and shall be
internally lined with a minimum ¾ inch thick, dual density fiberglass insulation with a solid
sheet metal liner constructed from zinc-coated steel which complies with UL-181 and
NFPA-90A. Any cut edges of fiberglass exposed to the airstream shall be coated with an
NFPA-90A approved sealant. Liner surface shall have an EPA registered, anti-microbial
agent coating to guard against potential growth of fungus and bacteria and have passed
the testing of ASTM C 1138, G21 and G22 respectively. Maximum depth of casing shall
not exceed 18".
B.
Control manufactures digital control module shall be factory mounted on side of terminal.
All sensors valves and actuators shall be factory mounted and wired. Supply voltage to
controller shall be no more than 24 volts.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
C.
VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINALS
Section 233616
Units shall meet the following sound data for nominal size listed at 1" static pressure loss:
Octave band
Casing radiated noise:
Discharge noise: 1400 CFM unit
2000 CFM unit
1
72
80
83
2
70
69
72
3
61
58
62
4
60
55
57
5
57
53
55
6
56
50
53
7
66
48
52
8
65
50
50
D.
Capacities and pressure drops shall be as shown on the drawings.
E.
Units shall be capable of operating in positive (supply) pressure or negative (exhaust)
pressure conditions as scheduled.
F.
Units shall be E. H. Price, Envirotech, Metal Aire, Titus or Trane.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION:
A.
Units shall be supported independent of the duct system by threaded rods and
manufacturer’s factory supplied hangers. Units shall not be installed or supported by
means of straps or screws.
B.
Provide maximum 2' long flexible duct connector at round duct inlet to unit.
END OF SECTION 233616
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS
Section 233713
SECTION 233713
GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies grilles, registers, and diffusers furnished and installed
under Division 23.
1.2
RELATED SECTION: Section 233100 Ductwork
1.3
SUBMITTALS:
1.4
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide data on air distribution performance including, but not limited to, total static
pressure drop and sound generation (NC) verses airflow shown for each supply and
return grille, size and quantity of grilles required.
C.
Provide shop drawing showing catalog illustrations, dimensions, duct connection sizes
and accessories.
D.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Performance of grilles, registers, and diffusers shall be tested in accordance with
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70 -1991.
B.
All grilles, registers, and diffusers shall be selected and furnished by one manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
Grilles, registers, and diffusers have been selected from one manufacturer's catalog. Alternate
manufacturers shall be Titus, Metalaire, Trox, E. H. Price, Krueger, Carnes, Anemostat, Tuttle &
Bailey, or Nailor Industries. All Manufacture’s shall be capable of coordinating with architectural
ceiling requirements.
2.2
All grilles and registers with borders shall be furnished with gasketed seals around the perimeter.
All grilles, registers, and diffusers shall be aluminum or steel as scheduled.
2.3
Register dampers shall be gang operated opposed blade type operable through the face of the
diffuser.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.4
GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS
Section 233713
Extractors shall be gang operated with galvanized steel construction, 2” blade spacing, fully
adjustable blades, with thru key operated screw at different face, Titus AG-225 with operator #3.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
TEMPORARY DUST PROTECTION:
A.
In order to prevent the circulation of construction dust in the building, protect all air outlets
being with one layer of Dyn-O-Wrap.
B.
Apply dust protection to each register, grille or diffuser before any duct construction work
is started. Maintain dust protection as directed by Owner.
3.2
Attach ceiling diffusers to flex duct connection in a secure fashion with Flexmaster “Quick
Release – LS Series” stainless steel clamps.
3.3
Install offset return grilles so that blade offset is angled down towards the floor.
3.4
Coordinate exact location of ceiling diffusers and grilles with reflected ceiling plan.
END OF SECTION 233713
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
AIR FILTERS
Section 234100
SECTION 234100
AIR FILTERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the air filter requirements.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide data on filter performance including, but not limited to, airflow and associated
pressure loss, dimensions, and accessories.
C.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
D.
Provide operation and maintenance procedures; include start-up instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
QUALITY ASSURANCE: Air filter performance shall be rated per ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
2” PLEATED FILTERS:
A.
Filters shall be factory fabricated pleated filter media mounted in beverage board frame
with wire mesh reinforcement. Frame type shall meet the application requirement.
B.
Filters shall be UL listed Class 2 with a minimum MERV 8 Rating.
C.
Filters shall be 2" thick and shall have not more than a 0.25" initial pressure loss rating
for a capacity of 2000 CFM in a 24"x24" size.
D.
Filters shall be Airguard DP40, American Air Filter AM-200E, Farr 30/30 or equal.
6” MEDIUM EFFICIENCY CARTRIDGE FILTER:
A.
Filters shall be pleated microglas media with galvanized steel box construction and wire
mesh reinforcement. Frame type shall meet the application requirement.
B.
Filters shall be UL listed Class 2 with a minimum MERV 11 Rating.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.3
AIR FILTERS
Section 234100
C.
Filters shall be 6" thick and shall have not more than a 0.45" initial pressure loss rating
for a capacity of 2000 CFM in a 24"x24" size.
D.
Filters shall be Airguard Vari-pak, American Air Filter Rigifil, Farr Riga-flo 15 or equal.
FILTER GAUGES:
A.
Provide a draft gauge to measure pressure drop across each filter bank.
B.
Gauges shall be "Magnehelic" differential pressure type with 4” dial.
C.
Each gauge shall be complete with two (2) static pressure tips, two five foot (5’) lengths
of ¼" aluminum tubing, two (2) compression fittings and mounting plate.
D.
Provide adjustable signal flag integral with plastic gauge cover.
E.
Gauges shall conform to the following:
Dwyer Model No.
2001-ASF
Green Range
Adjustable
Red Range
0.5"-1.0" Adjustable
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION:
A.
Install filter section(s) on upstream side of air handling unit coil section
B.
Filter media shall be installed as required to limit dust, dirt and debris from entering unit
casing or coil during construction period. A final set of filter media shall be installed at
completion of construction.
C.
Caulking shall be applied around each individual filter frame and around the entire bank
of frames.
D.
Install a pressure gauge 5'-0" above floor at each filter bank.
E.
Provide identification labels on the access doors at each filter section. Each label shall
identify the size and quantity of filters installed at each filter section.
F.
Contractor shall verify that the Model No. of gauge is applicable to filter section utilized
G.
Contractor shall set adjustable flag at “dirty” pressure drop as recommended by the filter
manufacturer.
H.
Provide a MERV 8 Filter Bank and Access Door upstream of all outside airflow
measuring systems. Coordinate with other BAS Controls contractors. Filter bank shall be
Farr 30/30 MERV 8 or approved equal.
END OF SECTION 234100
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLERS
Section 237300
SECTION 237300
CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the interior modular type central station air handling unit
requirements.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
C.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
D.
Section 232113 Hydronic Piping
E.
Section 230514 Variable Frequency Drives
F.
Section 234100 Air Filters
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide data on unit performance including, but not limited to, entering and leaving air
temperatures, fan airflow and associated total and external static pressure, fan motor
horsepower, fan curves and coil capacity.
C.
Provide shop drawing showing unit dimensions, weight, electrical requirements, service
access requirements and duct and piping connection sizes and locations.
D.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
E.
Provide operation and maintenance procedures; include start-up instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
F.
Manufacturer shall ensure that submitted unit fits into allocated space with sufficient
space for all coil pulls, filter pulls, and UV light pulls.
G.
Manufacturer shall provide submittal for unit with bid forms along with a statement of
expected equipment lead time.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Fan performance shall be rated in accordance with AMCA 210.
B.
Coil performance shall be rated in accordance with ARI 410.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLERS
Section 237300
C.
Air handling unit shall be assembled in accordance with ARI 430 (when applicable).
D.
Sound performance data shall be rated per ARI 260.
E.
The AHU manufacturer shall provide a one-year warranty minimum on all parts and
labor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS:
A.
Units shall be of the double wall type with arrangement and capacities as scheduled and
shown on the drawings. All air-handling units shall be medium pressure type, rated for 6”
positive static and 4” negative static pressure.
B.
Unit casing shall be constructed of removable, insulated double wall panels. Panels shall
be gasketed where in contact with the unit frame. Maximum unit size shall not exceed
dimensions shown on drawings. Module-to-module connections shall have gasketing
between metal-to-metal surfaces. Outer wall shall be G90 galvanized steel, minimum 18
Ga. The inner wall shall be perforated galvanized steel upstream of the cooling coil and
solid galvanized steel at and downstream of the cooling coil. Entire unit casing will be
insulated with spray injected foam to achieve a thermal resistance to guarantee that no
part of the casing, seams, doors, etc shall condense at the following space conditions:
1.
2.
75ºF DP / 135.3 HR / 82.3 MCDB
Supply Air LAT 55 ºF DB
a.
Manufacture shall provide a detailed analysis in submittal phase showing
that no condensation shall occur at these conditions.
C.
Access doors, where shown or specified, shall be hinged, double wall type with full
perimeter gasketing. Doors shall have quick operating latching handles on interior and
exterior of unit and shall not require tools for operating. Insulation and thermal breaks
shall be sufficient to prevent exterior unit casing condensation under all operating
conditions.
D.
View Windows, where shown or specified, shall be provided in the access door of that
section.
E.
Drain pans, where scheduled or specified shall be insulated double wall stainless steel
construction.
1.
2.
3.
4.
F.
Drain pans will be double sloped to a single drain connection (per pan) at least
1/8” per foot, and have no horizontal surfaces.
Drain connection material will be the same as the drain pan material.
Drain connections will be welded to the drain pans.
Drain pans will have at least 1” clearance between pan and associated coil
supports.
Provide a minimum of 6” galvanized steel base rail support frame to insure sufficient unit
height for the condensate drain trap. Coordinate with drawings.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLERS
Section 237300
G.
Provide marine-type vapor-proof lights in the sections of the unit as shown on the
drawings. Lights shall be factory wired in EMT conduit per NEC requirements to a single
light switch with "ON" indicating pilot light located on the exterior of the unit and adjacent
to the supply fan access door.
H.
Fan types and quantities shall be as specified on drawings. Fan section shall include the
direct driven fan and motor, all mounted on a spring-isolated (2” deflection) base with a
flexible duct connection. Fan bearings shall be self-aligning with a L50 (minimum average
life) of 200,000 hours. Fan bearing grease lines shall extend to the service access side of
the fan for forward curved fans. Fan wheel and shaft shall not exceed 75% of their first
critical speed at any cataloged fan speed. Fans shall provide stable operation down to
20% of rated CFM. Fan and drives shall be statically and dynamically balanced and run
tested in the unit casing. Provide a man-sized access door into the fan section.
1.
Plenum fans, when scheduled, shall be single width, single inlet, and Class II
type, constructed of steel and painted with baked enamel. Blades shall be double
thickness design.
I.
Fan motors shall be open drip proof high efficiency type as specified in Section 230500.
J.
Bearing Protection Ring: All motors being controlled by the use of a Variable Frequency
Drive (VFD) shall be provided with a factory installed grounding ring to prevent fluting
damage. Ring shall be continuous. Bearing Protection Ring shall be AEGIS model SGR.
K.
Coil Sections shall be provided to meet the scheduled capacities and air tested to 325
psig, minimum. Cooling coils shall be provided with a drain pan. If multiple cooling coils
are stacked, an intermediate drain pan shall be provided with drop tubes down to the
main drain pan. All piping connections shall extend through the casing with grommets, all
headers shall be located inside the unit casing.
1.
Chilled Water coils shall consist of 5/8" O.D. copper tubes with 0.02” wall
thickness, aluminum fins, copper headers and 304 stainless steel casings with
same end connections. Cooling coils shall be selected to eliminate any moisture
carryover at face velocity scheduled.
a.
2.
Split Row Coils shall be constructed as one coil with continuous fins
across the coil splits. The split coil shall be internally piped so that the
bottom and top half of the coil shall each be capable of providing 50%
capacity of the total capacity as scheduled. The split coil shall be
externally piped to the exterior of the AHU casing to accommodate
dedicated control valves to each section of the coil. Split row coils shall
be provided as scheduled on drawings.
Hot Water coils shall consist of 5/8" O.D. copper tubes with 0.02” wall thickness,
aluminum fins, copper headers and 304 stainless steel casings with same end
connections.
L.
Filter Section shall include the scheduled filters and associated racks, an access door
and any blank-off required to prevent filter bypass.
M.
Blank Access Section shall include an access door. Section shall be as shown on
drawings.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
N.
Damper Section shall include the damper assembly for the specific application and an
access door. Dampers shall be low leakage, type with double wall airfoil blades, jamb
and edge seals, and opposed blade action.
1.
2.
O.
CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLERS
Section 237300
Economizer Section shall include return air damper, outside air damper, and
relief air damper.
Mixing Section shall include return air damper, outside air damper.
UVC Emitters/Lamps
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The UV dosage shall be calculated for probable rating of URV-13, 99% air
disinfection (S.marcescens) at air velocity and temperature and shall be
adequate to deactivate microbial growth on all exposed surfaces. Lamps shall be
positioned for a 360 degree disinfection zone. the UV System shall be stainless
steel and aluminum construction. Any exposed screws of fasteners shall be
stainless steel. Lamp supports shall be stainless steel. The device submitted
shall be UL Listed as an Air Duct Mounted Accessory and meet all applicable UL
standards. Manufactures UL file number shall be permanently marked on the
exterior of the product. The lamp shall be generic and available on the open
market and not product specific. Lamps shall be by Phillips, GE, Sylvania, Ushio
or owner preapproved equal.
UV Disinfection System shall be warranted to be free of defects in workmanship
and material for a period of 5 years from date of shipment.
Lamp life shall be 9,000 hours minimum with no more than 20% loss of output
after one year of continuous operation.
Safety interlocks/features shall be provided to limit hazard to operating staff.
Safety Design Guidance:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
FMD NO. 1310234
In-duct systems should be fully enclosed to prevent leakage of UV
radiation to unprotected persons or materials outside of the HVAC
equipment.
All access panels or doors to the lamp chamber and panels or doors to
adjacent chambers where UV radiation may penetrate or be reflected
should have warning labels in appropriate languages. Labels should be
on the outside of each panel or door, in a prominent location visible to
people accessing the system.
Lamp chambers should have electrical disconnect devices. Positive
disconnection devices are preferred over switches. Disconnection
devices must be able to be locked or tagged out, and should be located
outside the lamp chamber, next to the chamber’s primary access panel
or door. Switches should be wired in series so that opening any access
door deenergizes the system. On/off switches for UV lamps must not be
located in the same location as general room lighting; instead, they must
be in a location that only authorized persons can access, and should be
locked to ensure that they are not accidentally turned on or off.
The lamp chamber should have one or more viewports of UVCabsorbing materials. Viewports should be sized and located to allow an
operating UV system to be viewed from outside of the HVAC equipment.
Air Handling Units containing UV lighting systems systems should have
on/off switches and an electrical disconnect device on the louvers. If UV
radiation measurements at the time of initial installation exceed the
recommended exposure limit, all highly UV-reflecting materials should be
removed, replaced, or covered. UV-absorbing paints containing titanium
oxide can be used on ceilings and walls to minimize reflectance in the
occupied space.
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
f.
Warning labels must be posted on all upper-air UV fixtures to alert
personnel of potential eye and skin hazards. Damaged or illegible labels
must be replaced as a high priority. Warning labels must contain the
following information:
(1)
(2)
(3)
6.
Wall sign for Air Handling Units UVGI:
Caution: Ultraviolet energy. Switch off lamps before entering
area.
General warning posted near UVGI lamps:
Caution: Ultraviolet energy. Protect eyes and skin.
Warning posted on the door of air handlers where UVGI is
present in ductwork:
Caution: Ultraviolet energy in duct. Do not switch off safety
button or activate lamps with door open.
Personnel Safety Training
a.
Workers should be provided with as much training as necessary,
including health and safety training, and some degree of training in
handling lamps and materials. Workers should be made aware of
hazards in the work area and trained in precautions to protect
themselves. Training topics include
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
FMD NO. 1310234
CENTRAL STATION AIR HANDLERS
Section 237300
UV exposure hazards
Electrical safety
Lock-out/tag-out
Health hazards of mercury
Rotating machinery
Slippery condensate pans
Sharp unfinished edges
Confined-space entry (if applicable)
Emergency procedures
Workers expected to clean up broken lamps should be trained in proper
protection, cleanup, and disposal.
No personnel should be subject to direct UV exposure, but if exposure is
unavoidable, personnel should wear protective clothing (no exposed
skin), protective eyewear, and gloves. Most eyewear, including
prescription glasses, area sufficient to protect eyes from UV, but not all
offer complete coverage; standard-issue protective goggles may be the
best alternative.
If individual lamp operating condition must be observed, this should
preferably be done using the viewing window(s).
Access to lamps should only be allowed when lamps are deenergized.
The lamps should be turned off before air-handling unit (AHU) or fan
shutdown to allow the lamps to cool and to purge any ozone in the lamp
chamber (if ozone-producing lamps are used). If AHUs or fans are
deenergized first, the lamp chamber should be opened and allowed to
ventilate for several minutes. Workers should always wear protective
eyewear and puncture-resistant gloves for protection in case a lamp
breaks.
Access to the lamp chamber should follow a site-specific lock-out/tag-out
procedure. Do not rely on panel and door safety switches as the sole
method to ensure lamp deenergizing. Doors may be inadvertently closed
or switches may be inadvertently contacted, resulted in unexpected lamp
activation.
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC & Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
g.
h.
7.
If workers will enter the condensate are of equipment, the condensate
pan should be drained and any residual water removed.
In general, avoid performance readings with the fan running and workers
inside an AHU (e.g., to test for output reduction caused by air cooling).
Tests of this nature should be instrumented and monitored from outside
the equipment.
During maintenance, renovation, or repair work in areas where UV systems are
present, all UVGI systems must be deactivated before personnel enter the area.
P.
Shipping splits will be provided as necessary to fit the units into place. Lifting lugs will be
provided where required for proper lifting. Shipping splits shall be coordinated with
mechanical contractor prior to units being released for construction.
Q.
Air Handling Units shall conform to the following Acoustical Criteria at a minimum:
Ducted Discharge
R.
2.2
Central Station Air Handlers
Section 2373 00
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
99
100
95
91
85
81
76
75
Air units shall be York Solution – High Performance, Trane Performance Climate Changer or
approved equal by Temtrol.
WARRANTY: Manufacturer shall warranty unit for eighteen (18) months from date of shipment or
twelve (12) months from date of start-up – whichever comes first. The warranty should include Parts
and Labor. Warranty does not include parts associated with routine maintenance, such as belts, air
filters, etc. Warranty does not extend to alterations, modifications, or external components installed
after unit is shipped.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
Provide separate filter gauges to measure pressure drop across each filter bank. See Section
234100.
3.2
Adjust vibration isolators fan section after operation of equipment begins. Secure isolators to
supports when finally set.
3.3
Bolt unit anchors to slab or pad at anchor points.
3.4
Provide airtight seal at each electrical connection to unit.
3.5
DELIVERY
A.
Unpainted units will be wrapped prior to shipment.
B.
Openings will be protected against damage from shipping
C.
Loose-shipped items will be packed, protected and secured with units.
D.
Manufacturer shall coordinate shipping splits and section dimensions and weights with
contractor to ensure unit's ability to be installed in location shown.
END OF SECTION 237300
FMD NO. 1310234
6
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNIT
Section 237223
SECTION 237433
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNIT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies requirements for indoor Dedicated Outside Air Unit
Systems (DOAS).
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
C.
Section 230514 Variable Frequency Drives
D.
Section 230549 Vibration Isolation
E.
Section 232113 Hydronic Piping
F.
Section 233100 Ductwork
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide data on unit performance including, but not limited to, entering and leaving air
temperatures, airflow and total static pressure, fan motor horsepower, total and sensible
heat recovery, cooling coil capacity and heating section capacities.
C.
Provide shop drawing showing unit dimensions, weight, electrical requirements, service
access requirements and duct connection sizes and locations.
D.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
E.
Provide operation and maintenance data; include start-up instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
F.
Manufacturer shall provide submittal for unit with bid forms along with a statement of
expected equipment lead time.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Unit shall be carry UL label of approval and bear AMCA certified rating seals for air
performance.
B.
The DOAS manufacturer shall provide a one-year warranty minimum on all parts.
Enthalpy wheels shall carry a 5-year warranty.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
C.
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNIT
Section 237223
All vibration isolation systems provided for DOAS units shall, as a minimum, comply with
the requirements and recommendations of Chapter 47, Sound and Vibration Control,
Table 48, of the 2007 ASHRAE Handbook – HVAC Applications
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
DEDICATED OUTSIDE AIR UNIT SYSTEMS:
A.
Dedicated Outside Air Unit Systems (DOAS) shall be enthalpy-type, air to air heat
exchangers utilizing desiccant-type heat wheels. Units shall include motorized heat
wheel assembly, outside air supply fan, exhaust fan, supply filter, motorized by-pass
damper, cooling and heating section as scheduled, variable speed drive (when
scheduled), pre-wired single point electrical connection, motor starter with thermal
overload protection, disconnect switch and 24 volt controls with dry contacts for interface
with building automation system. DOAS shall be indoor mounted. Minimum summer
heat wheel design efficiency shall be 80%.
B.
Units shall be of the double wall type with arrangement and capacities as scheduled and
shown on the drawings. All air-handling units shall be medium pressure type, rated for 6”
positive static and 4” negative static pressure.
C.
Unit casing shall be constructed of removable, insulated double wall panels. Panels shall
be gasketed where in contact with the unit frame. Maximum unit size shall not exceed
dimensions shown on drawings. Module-to-module connections shall have gasketing
between metal-to-metal surfaces. Outer wall shall be G90 galvanized steel, minimum 18
Ga. The inner wall shall be perforated galvanized steel upstream of the cooling coil and
solid galvanized steel at and downstream of the cooling coil. Entire unit casing will be
insulated with spray injected foam to achieve a thermal resistance to guarantee that no
part of the casing, seams, doors, etc shall condense at the following space conditions:
1.
2.
75 ºF DP / 135.3 HR / 82.3 MCDB
Supply Air LAT 55 ºF DB
a.
Manufacture shall provide a detailed analysis in submittal phase showing
that no condensation shall occur at these conditions.
D.
Supply fan and Exhaust fan shall be arranged for draw through configuration. Fans shall
be plenum type, statically and dynamically balanced at the factory prior to shipment.
Adjustable sheaves shall be provided for independent balancing of supply and exhaust.
22 ga. galvanized perforated lining will be provided in the fan sections for additional
sound attenuation. Each fan and associated VFD shall be wired separate.
E.
Manufacturer shall factory provide all inlet and outlet connections as shown on the
drawings. No substitutions shall be allowed.
F.
Motors shall be high-efficiency, heavy-duty type, furnished at specified voltage and
phase. Bearings shall be selected for minimum (L10) life in excess 100,000 hours.
1.
FMD NO. 1310234
Individual DOAS outside air (OA) & exhaust air (EA) fan / shaft assemblies shall
be certified to have been dynamically balanced in the X-Y-Z directions at 50 and
100 percent fan tip speeds in order to assure minimum vibration once in place.
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNIT
Section 237223
G.
Filters shall be provided upstream of the supply fan and upstream of the exhaust side of
the heat wheel. Filters shall be 2" thick UL listed Class 2 type with a minimum MERV 8
Rating (ASHRAE 62-2000) with not more than a 0.25" initial pressure loss at 500 FPM
face velocity. Filters shall be Airguard DP40, American Air Filter AM-200E, Farr 30/30 or
equal.
H.
The VFD shall include in an inverter with full-wave diode bridge rectifiers on units 25 HP
and smaller. The continuous output rating shall be 110% of the nameplate full load rating
of the induction motor with digital meter indicating percent speed and percent load or
RMS amps output. Input line noise shall be limited to a voltage distortion factory and line
notch depth as defined in IEEE Standard 519-1981, Guide for Harmonic Control and
Reactive Compensation of Static Power Converters. The VFD shall comply with the
applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE and NEC. The drive shall be UL/ETL listed,
conform to UL 508 and include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
I.
Auto restart after adjustable time delay (0-300 sec) after loss of input power. No
auto-restart after fault shutdown.
Protection from damage due to input under or overvoltage, phase loss, output
current overload or overcurrent in drive or bypass modes.
Protection from damage due to DC bus overvoltage.
Input signal isolation circuit to allow use of floating signal with no ground
reference.
Compatibility with input signal of type selected by automatic controls vendor.
Provide RS 485 communications interface capable of two-way communications.
VFDs shall comply with Section 230514.
VFDs shall not be unit mounted but shall be provided by the DOAS manufacture.
Contractor in install VFDs as shown on drawings.
Chiller water DOAS’s shall include the following:
1.
2.
Chilled water coils shall be factory tested and rated in accordance with ARI 410.
Coils shall have copper tubes with permanently expanded aluminum fins, 12 FPI
or less. Provide stainless steel pitched drain pan designed to prevent standing
water and modulating two-way control valve with controls to maintain coil leaving
air temperature setpoint.
The cooling coil condensate drain piping shall be suitably configured and trapped
to allow the condensate to drain while the air handling unit is in operation. Trap
dimensions should be calculated based upon unit Total Static Pressure
J.
Hot Water coils shall consist of 5/8" O.D. copper tubes with 0.02” wall thickness,
aluminum fins, and copper headers with same end connections. Provide modulating
two-way control valve with controls to maintain coil leaving air temperature setpoint.
K.
Reheat shall be accomplished by a separate enthalpy-type, air to air desiccant-type heat
wheel. Provide desiccant rotor comprised of "in situation" formed silica gel desiccant with
performance as scheduled. Rotor media shall be nominally 12 lb per cubic foot with "dry"
(reactivated) desiccant concentration of not less than 80% of the total media mass.
Rotor performance shall be independently tested in accordance with ASHRAE guidelines
for performance and independently tested in accordance ASTM E-84 for flame resistance
and smoke production. Cassette frame shall be manufactured from welded 304 stainless
steel tubing. Face panels shall be 304 stainless steel and welded in place.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNIT
Section 237223
L.
Motorized exhaust air damper shall open when unit is operating. Units with direct
expansion cooling coils shall include a motorized modulating return air damper and
motorized modulating outside air damper interlocked to maintain constant airflow. Units
with chilled water cooling coils shall include a motorized modulating outside air damper.
Units used for space conditioning shall include a motorized wheel by-pass damper to
allow heating of the recirculated supply air during night set-back operation.
M.
A door safety kill switch shall be provided on all blower section access doors. The door
safety kill switch shall de-energize the blower motor if the access door is opened. The
kill switch shall prevent motor startup if the blower section access door is open.
N.
Lights: Provide vapor proof marine lights in [all access sections/fan sections/filter
sections]. Wire lights to a single light switch. Mount light switch near the electrical panel
and wire switch to a terminal strip in the electrical panel. Separate 120V power must be
provided to the switch for indoor mounted equipment.
O.
View Windows, where shown or specified, shall be provided in the access door of that
section.
P.
Dirty filter indicators: Provide differential pressure switches across all filter racks. Wire
pressure switches to terminal block in main electrical panel.
Q.
CONTROLS:
1.
2.
3.
The controller will communicate with the BAS through a Bacnet interface card
provided by the equipment manufacturer.
All controls shall be provided and installed in the field by the BAS contractor.
Manufacturer to coordinate with BAS contractor (Automated Logic) to ensure that
equipment is provided with necessary components.
R.
Provide adequate and permanent access to all apparatus requiring operation, service,
maintenance or periodic testing, including but not limited to the following: VFD cabinet;
controls cabinet; filters; piping specialties; fan motors & coil and all applicable controls
system components
S.
DOAS shall be manufactured by Johnson Controls, Temtrol or McQuay.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION:
A.
See drawings for scheduled capacities and requirements.
B.
Manufacturer shall coordinate shipping splits and section dimensions and weights with
contractor to ensure unit's ability to be installed in location shown.
C.
Install DOAS units per manufacturer’s installation instructions.
END OF SECTION 237223
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
FAN COIL UNIT
Section 238219
SECTION 238219
FAN COIL UNIT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the requirements for fan coil heating and cooling units.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
C.
Section 232113 Hydronic Piping Systems
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide data on unit performance including, but not limited to, entering air temperatures,
airflow and total static pressure, supply fan motor horsepower, total and sensible
capacity.
C.
Provide shop drawing showing unit dimensions, weight, electrical requirements, service
access requirements and duct and piping connection sizes and locations.
D.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
E.
Provide operation and maintenance procedures; include start-up instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
F.
Provide color chart for casing color selection.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE: Fan coil units are to be UL listed, rated and certified in accordance with
ARI Standard 440.
1.5
HORIZONTAL FAN-COIL UNITS:
A.
Fan coils shall include fan, motor, insulated housing, chilled water cooling coil, hot water heating
coil, drain pan and controls.
B.
Casings shall be 16 gauge galvanized steel with exterior baked enamel steel coating. Casing
shall be 3/4" thick, 1-½ lb. density, coated glass fiber insulation. Insulation shall be 25/50 flame
spread/smoke developed rated. The front panel of each section of the vertical fan-coil units shall
be removable for access to the unit interior. Access panels for the horizontal fan-coil units shall
be provided on the bottom of the unit. Manufacturer shall provide casing access doors to allow
access to upstream and downstream of all water coils.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
FAN COIL UNIT
Section 238219
C.
Motors for fan-coil units shall be resiliently mounted, belt drive type or three-speed, direct drivetype as scheduled on the Drawings. All motors shall be provided with thermal overload
protection.
D.
Fans shall be forward curved, DWDI centrifugal type, statically and dynamically balanced and
furnished with permanently lubricated ball bearings. Belt driven units shall be provided with
adjustable fan-motor pulleys. For direct drive units, provide a prewired fan speed selector switch
on the outside of the housing.
E.
Coils shall be water type, aluminum fins bonded to copper tubes, designed for 200 psig working
pressure. Each coil shall have a manual air vent. Provide with four-rows for the chilled water
cooling coil and a one-row hot water heating coil with same end connections at each coil. The
hot water heating coil shall be in the pre-heat position relative to the chilled water coil. Drain pan
shall be galvanized steel, pitched to drain.
F.
Piping: Provide factory installed unions at each coil connection.
G.
For each horizontal-type fan-coil unit provide a manual reset condensate overflow switch
mounted on the cabinet. Switch shall be accessible from the exterior of the unit and prewired to
the motor circuit.
H.
All internal wiring shall be in flexible metal conduit.
1.6
Units shall be Johnson Controls, Price, Magic-Aire, Carrier, International, or Trane.
1.7
FLOOR MOUNTED VERTICAL FAN-COIL UNITS:
A.
Fan coils shall include fan, motor, insulation, housing, chilled water cooling coil, hot water
heating coil, controls, drain pan and 1” thick, pleated throw-away filter (MERV 8 Rating
per ASHRAE 52.2-1999, Airguard F312 or equal).
B.
Cabinet-type, exposed units shall include: a free-standing, 16 gauge galvanized steel
enclosure with a heat cured anodic acrylic powder paint color as selected by the Owner;
access door(s)or panels for full access through the front of the unit with the use of tools;
a galvanized, pencil-proof, bar-type supply air grille shall be furnished for field installation
at the flat top of the unit and a stamped, return air grille shall be provided at the bottomfront of the unit; insulated with elastomeric closed cell insulation of 25/50 flame
spread/smoke development rating and Antimicrobial Performance Rating of 0 for no
observed growth
C.
Unit fan shall be dynamically balanced, forward curved, DWDI centrifugal type
constructed of galvanized steel for corrosion resistance. Motors shall be high efficiency,
permanently lubricated sleeve bearing, permanent split-capacitor type with UL and CSA
listed automatic reset thermal overload protection and three separate horse-power taps.
Shaded pole motors are not acceptable. Single speed motors are not acceptable.
D.
The fan/motor assembly shall be removable and serviceable through the front panel. The
motors shall have quick connectors to allow service and removal without the need for
tools.
E.
Coils shall be water type, aluminum fins bonded to copper tubes, designed for 200 psig
working pressure. Minimum copper tube thickness shall be .025”. Each coil shall have a
manual air vent. Provide with four-rows for the chilled water cooling coil and a one-row
hot water heating coil with same end connections at each coil. The hot water heating coil
shall be in the reheat position relative to the chilled water coil.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
FAN COIL UNIT
Section 238219
F.
Units shall be furnished with single point power connection. Provide an electrical junction
box for motor and other electrical terminations. All internal wiring shall be in flexible metal
conduit.
G.
Piping: Provide factory installed unions at each coil connection.
H.
Provide factory-furnished, Belimo 2-way type (Model TR24-SR), modulating-type control
valves, Circuit Setter, isolation valves with memory stop for the heating and cooling
systems.
I.
Physical Size of unit shall not exceed dimensions as scheduled on drawings. Piping
Cabinet shall be expanded in length to meet required overall unit length as scheduled on
drawings.
J.
All units shall be furnished with leveling legs.
K.
Manufacture shall provide fully mocked up unit for owner's review prior to any unit's being
manufactured. Mock-ups shall include one of each model number (size).
L.
Units shall be Johnson Controls, Trane, McQuay or Price.
PART 2 - EXECUTION
2.1
INSTALLATION:
A.
Provide adequate clearances for filter removal for units installed above the ceiling.
B.
Provide flex connectors at fan discharge duct connection of Horizontal fan coil units.
C.
Provide a secondary air-conditioning condensate drain pan under each Horizontal fancoil unit. Coordinate the drain pan installation with the filter removal access requirements.
END OF SECTION 238219
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRIC HEATERS
Section 238237
SECTION 238237
MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRIC HEATERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: This section specifies the requirements for electric heating equipment and heat
tape.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3
1.4
A.
Section 230010 General Provisions HVAC
B.
Section 230100 Operation and Maintenance of HVAC Systems
C.
Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC
SUBMITTALS:
A.
See General Conditions for submittal procedure.
B.
Provide data on heater performance including, but not limited to, entering and leaving air
temperatures, capacity, and airflow.
C.
Provide shop drawing showing heater dimensions, weight, service access requirements
and electrical requirements.
D.
Provide manufacturer’s instructions, indicate installation and support requirements.
E.
Provide operation and maintenance procedures; include start-up instructions, assembly
drawings and parts list.
QUALITY ASSURANCE: All electric heating equipment shall be U.L. listed and so labeled.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
ELECTRIC HEAT TAPE: Heating tape shall be U.L. listed, 8 watts per foot (see requirements
listed under Execution), covered with FEB Teflon jacket. Furnish junction box termination kit and
thermostat for surface mounting to cycle heat off above 40F ambient. Heat tape shall be capable
of maintaining pipe at 40°F with an ambient temperature of 0°F. Heat tape shall be Raychem XLtrace, Chromalox, or equivalent.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRIC HEATERS
Section 238237
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
HEAT TAPE:
A.
Install heat tape on all water piping located in Attic level. Install heat tape prior to
insulating pipe.
B.
Install heat tape in the watt density required to protect the insulated pipe from freezing
with ambient temperatures down to -10ºF, as recommended by tape manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 238237
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 260000
SECTION 260000
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
SCOPE
A.
This section applies to all Sections of DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL.
B.
The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section and in all sections
of this division.
WORK INCLUDED
A.
Provide all labor, tools, and materials required for a complete and fully operational
installation, as described on the drawings or in the specification.
B.
The work shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner.
WORK NOT INCLUDED UNDER DIVISION 26
A.
The following items of work are specified under other divisions of the specification:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
1.4
Temporary service for construction.
Electric motors.
Electric heaters unless otherwise noted on the drawings.
Control and interlock wiring for work furnished under other divisions, except
where specifically required under this division.
Access panels in walls or ceilings.
Field finish painting, except for field painting of electrical material with paint
supplied by the manufacturer of the material.
Starters for certain items of equipment are furnished under other divisions for
installation under this division.
Refer to other sections of this division for work required in connection with the above
items.
DEFINITIONS
A.
“Provide”: furnish and install, complete and ready for operation.
B.
“Install”: receive, mount, and connect, complete and ready for operation.
C.
“Wiring”: wires and cables installed with all required raceways, connectors, and fittings.
D.
“Concealed”: not exposed to view; embedded in masonry or other construction; in furred
spaces or above suspended ceilings; below grade.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.5
E.
“Exposed”: not concealed; not embedded or installed underground; under raised floors;
inside trenches, tunnels, and basements, inside built-up HVAC equipment, crawl spaces,
and accessible attics.
F.
“The Drawings”: that portion of the contract drawings annotated as electrical.
G.
“Furnish”: Supply, deliver to job site, protect and store.
ABBREVIATIONS
A.
The abbreviations used on the drawings and in the specification are defined as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
1.6
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 260000
“AC”: Alternating Current
“AFF”: Height above Finished Floor
“AIC”: Ampere Interrupting Capacity
“AICR”: Ampere Interrupting Current Rating
“AHJ”: Authority Having Jurisdiction
“NEC”: National Electrical Code
“NIC”: Not in the Contract
“NF”: or “N/F”: Non-fused
“30A/2P”: Example of a circuit designation for a 30 Amp 2-Pole fused switch or a
30 Amp 2-Pole circuit breaker or device.
“FBO”: Furnished by Others
“EC”: Electrical Contractor
“EX”: Existing to Remain
“EXR”: Existing Relocated – new location indicated on the drawings.
“HP”: Horsepower
“kVA”: Kilovolt Ampere
“kW”: Kilowatt
“MCC”: Motor Control Center
“MLO”: Main Lugs Only
“NTS”: Not to Scale
“WP”: Weatherproof
CODES, RULES, AND REGULATIONS
A.
Comply with the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
The edition of the UGA FMD standards being enforced by UGA for this project.
The edition of the National Electrical Code being enforced for this project by the
local inspection authority.
All applicable laws and ordinances.
The rules and regulations of electric utility company serving the project applicable
to the installation of service and metering equipment.
The rules and regulations of the telephone company serving the project
applicable to the work required for routing telephone service into the facility.
Give all necessary notices, obtain all required permits, and pay all inspection and other
fees imposed by Authorities Having Jurisdiction over the work.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.7
STANDARDS
A.
The standards of the following organizations shall be applicable to the work:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
B.
1.8
1.9
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 260000
UGA FMD Standards
The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Underwriters Laboratories (U/L)
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPECA)
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA)
National Electrical Testing Association (NETA)
National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA), Standard of Installation
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
Comply with the latest editions and Georgia Amendments of standards applicable to the
work.
MATERIALS
A.
All material shall be new, and shall comply with the indicated standards.
B.
All material shall be UL labeled or UL listed, except where the material is of a type not
included in the UL listing service, in which case the material shall comply with other
applicable industry standards and the contractor shall provide any examinations or
certifications required by the local inspection authority in lieu of UL listing.
C.
All material shall be of a suitable type and rating for the intended use, and shall be
installed in conformance with the instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer.
DRAWINGS
A.
The drawings are schematic in nature and do not indicate all of the required details of the
work. All materials customarily considered to be a part of the electrical work and normally
required for a complete and operational installation, shall be provided without additional
cost to the Owner.
B.
Refer also to the drawings of all other trades to coordinate the electrical installation.
C.
Equipment of other trades is shown schematically on the electrical drawings. Examine
the drawings of the trade providing the equipment before roughing in the connections for
it. Connect the equipment where actually installed, including wiring through any line
voltage controllers, without any additional cost to the Owner.
D.
Prior to roughing in circuits for equipment furnished by other trades, and prior to releasing
for manufacture panelboards, starters or motor control centers feeding such equipment
coordinate the electrical provisions being planned with the trade providing the equipment
and submit any conflicts in writing.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
E.
1.10
1.11
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 260000
The Architect directs the location of any electrical outlet, or wall switch, or luminaries, or
other equipment, to a location within 10 feet of the location shown on the drawings at no
additional cost to the Owner provided such relocation is made prior to the installation of
the equipment being relocated.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit shop drawings in the manner and form described elsewhere in the contract
requirements.
B.
Submittals are required for material as noted in other sections of this division.
C.
Check shop drawings prior to submission and provide date and signature of checker on
each item. Note all corrections. Note any requested deviation from the drawings or
specification, or if none, then so indicate. The Architect shall return documents without
review where submitted without prior review by the contractor.
D.
Review of submittals will be only for general conformance with the design concept
indicated on the drawings and in the specification and general compliance with the
information given in the Contract Documents. Review will be made only of information
clearly and specifically indicated in the submittal, and does not imply the acceptability of
details, which are not so described in the submittal. Approval of a specific item shall not
include approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. Contractor is
responsible for: dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the jobsite; information that
pertains solely to the fabrication processes or to the means, methods, techniques,
sequences and procedures of construction; coordination of the Work of all trades; and
performing all work in a satisfactory manner.
E.
Review of the submittal documents by the Architect does not relieve the contractor of the
responsibility to comply with all requirements of the Contract Documents.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A.
Furnish closeout documents in the manner and form described elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
B.
Closeout documents shall include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
FMD NO. 1310234
Final shop drawings.
As-built drawings including as-built field layout drawings.
Operation and maintenance manuals.
Receipts from the Owner stating that he has received satisfactory operational
demonstrations and instruction for electrical systems.
Signed receipts from the Owner for spare parts and materials that are specified
to be furnished.
Written guarantee.
All required certifications, including certificate of inspection approval of the codeenforcing authority.
All required test reports (include in operations and maintenance manual).
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.12
1.13
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 260000
RECORD DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A.
Provide record drawings and specifications in the manner and form described elsewhere
in the Contract Documents.
B.
Record drawings shall be maintained at the jobsite, and shall be available for review
during construction.
C.
Record the final arrangement of the work and exact locations of the work as installed.
Provide photographs of buried grounding work prior to backfill of trenches.
D.
Record drawings and specifications shall be kept current during the course of
construction of the work.
OPERATION AND MAINTENCE MANUALS
A.
Provide minimum of (3) copy sets and (1) electronic set of all operation and maintenance
manuals in the manner and form described elsewhere in the contract requirements.
1.
B.
Electronic set shall clearly note the job name an Owner’s name, work order
number (WO #) and Bid Number on the label.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall consist of the following as a minimum:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
FMD NO. 1310234
Hardback three ring binders with job name and Owner's name, work order
number (WO #) and Bid Number on the cover.
Typed index listing name, address, and phone number of the General Contractor,
Electrical Subcontractor, and Fire Alarm Subcontractor, and all major equipment
suppliers.
Typed table of contents, listing each Section, title, and number.
All Sections shall be tabbed with plastic tabs listing Section numbers.
Each item of equipment requiring maintenance and operation data as noted in
each specification section shall be provided with an index listing the types of
equipment installed. Submittal data shall be included to the extent necessary to
identify equipment, including summary sheet. Instructions shall include type and
suggested frequency of maintenance, oiling, cleaning, disassembly, and
reassembly directions, and wiring diagrams.
Make, model, serial number and purchase order number of every item of
equipment shall be identified on all documentation.
Letters, where factory startup or checking has been required, certifying
completion of performance.
Contractor's signed warranty letter certifying all work has been completed as
required and stating what date warranty shall end.
Parts list.
Descriptive literature.
Location, telephone number and contact information of contractors, distributors,
dealers and authorized service agents.
Test reports and certifications.
Record copies of all shop or submittal drawings and data.
Copies of all software on diskette or compact disk, licensed to the Owner.
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.14
1.15
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 260000
C.
Maintenance instructions and parts lists shall include the most detailed and advanced
publications available from the equipment manufacturer.
D.
Demonstrate the operation of the equipment to the Owner, including instruction in its use
and operation. Provide instruction by manufacturers representatives where specified.
E.
Provide operation and maintenance manuals for equipment and systems as specifically
by the sections in Division 26 & 28.
SPARE PARTS
A.
Furnish spare parts as specified by the sections in Division 26.
B.
Turn over spare parts to Owners representative. Store on site as directed by the Owner.
Obtain written receipt detailing specific spare parts turned over and submit with close-out
documents.
C.
Replace at no cost to the Owner any spare parts used from the Owners stock prior to
substantial completion or for warranty related repairs.
GENERAL TESTING
A.
Test all parts of the work to verify compliance with the drawings and specification.
B.
Verify tightness of all mechanical and electrical connections.
C.
Verify integrity of all wiring systems to assure continuity, absence of unintentional
grounds, and integrity of required grounds.
D.
Perform any required special factory or field testing as specified in the other sections of
this division. Provide all wiring, instruments, and personnel required to complete these
tests.
E.
Where other requirements of this division require testing in the presence of the Architect,
provide at least seven (7) business days advance written notice of such testing to the
Architect.
F.
Where other requirements of this division require submission of written records of tests
and test results, accumulate and submit all such reports and include as a separate
section in the operations and maintenance manuals described elsewhere in this section.
END OF SECTION
FMD NO. 1310234
6
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Section 260500
SECTION 260500
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
GENERAL
A.
This section covers items of work required by more than one section of DIVISION 26 –
ELECTRICAL.
B.
Refer to other Divisions for requirements pertaining to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.2
Cutting and repairing
Excavation and backfilling
Concrete
Field painting
Equipment furnished under other Divisions and installed under this Division
SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS
A.
Required for fireproofing system materials and.
B.
Provide manufacturer’s data sheets with complete description of all components, catalog
numbers, specific details of applicable UL listings, and detailed line drawings of
fireproofing methodology to be used for each type of penetration.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
MANUFACTURE
A.
Concrete Inserts: Grinnell, Kindorf, Unistrut, B-Line or Hohmann & Barnard.
B.
Drilled Anchors: All metal; heavy duty, non-caulking, expansion bolt anchor. Minimum
size used shall be ¼” machine thread.
C.
Metal Framing Channel: 1-5/8” x 1-5/8”, 12 Gauge. Use appropriate fittings of same
manufacture.
WOOD BACKBOARDS
A.
Wood backboards shall be ¾” thick, grade B-C, plywood. Paint with gray color fireretardant paint.
B.
Use backboards only in interior spaces and sized as indicated on the drawings.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.3
2.4
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Section 260500
NAMEPLATES
A.
Provide engraved plastic equipment nameplates for all switchboards, panelboards, motor
control centers, starters, disconnects, primary selector switches, time clock controls,
contactors, and transformers.
B.
A circuit nameplate indicating circuit number and the equipment served shall be provided
for each feeder in service switchboard, and each branch device in power distribution
panels, and motor control centers.
C.
Distribution equipment nameplates shall state equipment designation, ampere rating,
voltage and phase, and “fed from (name)”.
D.
Nameplates for individually mounted starters, safety switches, etc., shall state load
served, circuit number, voltage and phase.
E.
Refer also to Section 16140 for additional requirements pertaining to device labeling.
F.
Refer also to Section 16195 for additional electrical identification requirements.
FIREPROOFING
A.
All fireproofing materials shall be the product of one manufacturer and shall be U.L. listed
for the type of application where applied.
B.
Provide caulk, expanding foam, putty, rigid boards, tape and packing as required by the
U.L. listing for the type of penetration being fireproofed.
C.
Fireproofing of sleeves, cable trays, troughs, and nipples to be used for low voltage
cables shall be indefinitely non-hardening and removable with common hand tools.
D.
Fireproofing for penetrations of floor slabs shall also be waterproof for standing water in a
non-fire condition.
E.
Acceptable Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Dow Corning
Hilti
Nelson
3-M
Other manufacturers as determined acceptable by the Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
SUPPORTS
A.
All work shall be supported from structural elements of the building, except ceiling
mounted equipment such as light fixtures, detectors, remote lamps, which shall be
supported from ceiling support members independent of ceiling tiles.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.2
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Section 260500
B.
Size and spacing of supports shall be determined by the load to be supported such that
the working load of supports will not exceed a safety factor of 4:1.
C.
Spacing intervals of supports shall in no case exceed intervals required by applicable
codes.
D.
Plastic anchors, non-removable drive-in type expansion anchors are not acceptable.
E.
Work under this division shall not be supported from piping, ducts, or work of other
trades, unless specifically noted on the drawings or with the written permission of the
architect.
F.
Drilled anchors in sides of concrete joists shall be at least 3” from bottom of joist in the
vertical plane.
G.
Provide drilled expansion bolt anchors to support all material mounted on masonry
construction.
H.
All hardware, nuts, bolts, channel, braces, etc., used on exterior of building shall be
galvanized.
I.
Rod supports shall be constructed of minimum 1/4” nominal continuously threaded rod of
a continuous length. Use of rod couplings to extend the length of hanger rod shall not be
allowed.
J.
Work installed under Division 26 supported from or attached to structural steel members
shall not be welded to steel member but shall be attached by clamping a device
manufactured specifically for this purpose.
K.
Floor mounted equipment shall be anchored to supporting concrete pad with expansion
anchors, minimum ½” nominal stud size.
L.
Framework required to support electrical equipment shall be constructed of 1 ½” x 1 ½”
steel framing channel bolted together with fittings provided by the framing channel
manufacturer.
PAINTING
A.
Provide the following painting under Division 26 in accordance with the requirements of
the specification section describing Finish Painting.
1.
2.
3.
B.
Plywood backboards – wood primer and finish coat of ASA 61 gray fire retardant
paint.
Panelboards, transformers, disconnect switches and exposed conduits that are a
part of the life safety distribution system – primer (on conduits only) and one coat
of red enamel.
Color of all field paint shall be as directed by architect.
The vendor for painting furnished under Division 26 shall be primary painting
subcontractor being utilized by the general contractor.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Section 260500
WOOD BACKBOARDS
A.
Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, backboards shall be 8’-0” high by the width
shown on the drawings.
B.
Backboards shall be attached to supporting structure with 3/8” expansion anchors or
toggle bolts with fender washers placed a maximum of 48” on center on all sides of
backboard.
CONCRETE
A.
Provide 3000 PSI concrete where concrete work is required to support equipment
furnished under Division 26, such as for equipment pads, lighting standard bases, and
concrete-encased duct banks. Refer to drawings and other sections for locations where
concrete is required.
B.
Exposed surfaces of concrete placed under this section shall be hand rubbed and all
edges shall have 1” chamfer.
EQUIPMENT PADS
A.
Provide 4” high concrete pads for all floor mounted electrical distribution equipment,
including switchboards, and elsewhere as specifically noted on the drawings.
B.
Concrete pads for switchgear, switchboard motor control centers and UPS equipment
shall be level to with 1/8” from front to back and from side to side. Provide (2) embedded
steel “U” channels; 4”W X 1 ½” H x 0.25” T, inverted and flush with the top of the pad.
Channels shall be at the front and back of the pad located as directed by the equipment
manufacturer, to provide a level base for the equipment.
C.
Anchor equipment in accordance with seismic study.
EQUIPMENT OF OTHER TRADES
A.
Motors, heaters, and other utilization apparatus shall be mounted by the trade which
furnished the apparatus.
B.
Provide all power wiring and connections for all electrically operated equipment. Power
wiring includes wiring through any line voltage control devices, such as thermostats and
manual starters.
C.
Phase connections of motors shall provide proper motor shaft rotation.
D.
Starters and contactors furnished under other divisions, except those furnished as an
integral part of the equipment, shall be installed under this division.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Section 260500
EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A.
Connections to motors, transformers, duct heaters and other vibrating equipment shall be
made with a short length of liquidtight flexible conduit, minimum 18”, installed in a manner
to permit movement of equipment.
B.
For floor-mounted equipment, which is fed overhead and not located adjacent to a wall or
column, provide a rigid conduit standpipe from floor to ceiling with a floor flange. Provide
appropriate cast conduit “tee” fitting in standpipe for connection of equipment.
MISCELLANEOUS WORK
A.
Perform all excavating, backfilling, cutting and repairing required for work included in this
division.
B.
Protect all work from damage and from entry of concrete, moisture, and other foreign
material.
FIREPROOFING
A.
All penetrations of fire rated walls, slabs, partitions, and ceilings shall be fireproofed with
a U.L. listed system that will maintain the original fire rating of the penetrated structure.
B.
Initial fireproofing of sleeves, cable trays and wireways for low voltage cable shall not be
installed until cables are installed or until required for issuance of certificate of final
inspection, whichever is earlier.
MULTI-WIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS
A.
Each multi-wire branch circuit shall be provided with a means that will simultaneously
disconnect all ungrounded conductors at the point where the branch circuit originates.
B.
Combining of circuits into a multi-wire branch circuit is not permissible except where
specifically indicated on the drawings.
END OF SECTION
FMD NO. 1310234
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
600V BUILDING WIRE AND CONDUIT
Section 260519
SECTION 260519
600 VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SCOPE
A.
This section covers:
1.
2.
B.
Building Wire
Flexible Cords
Wires and cables used with special systems are specified with the respective system.
1.2
SIZE REFERENCE: AWG EXCEPT AS NOTED.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.4
A.
All wire and cable shall be delivered to the jobsite in original unbroken packages, cartons
or reels, with the manufacturer’s name, UL label, and characteristics of the product
plainly visible.
B.
Wire or cable with defective or damaged insulation or jackets shall not be installed.
Where damage, such as cuts, gouges, or slices, is discovered in the insulation or jacket
while being installed, the damaged wire or cable shall be removed, and replaced. Field
taping or other repair of damaged wire or cable is not acceptable.
SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS
A.
Provide for all wire, cable, and accessories.
B.
Documents shall plainly indicate the construction of the product, illustrating compliance
with all requirements of Part 2, “Products”.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
BUILDING WIRE
A.
Conductors:
1.
2.
Material: copper, 98% conductivity.
Construction:
a.
b.
c.
FMD NO. 1310234
AWG 10 and AWG 12: stranded only
AWG 8 and larger: stranded unless otherwise detailed on the drawings.
AWG 14 and smaller: stranded (control use only).
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
B.
Insulation:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Type THWN/THHN, dual-rated.
Type XHHW: for underground secondary service entrance.
Type SFF: for wiring inside of luminaries.
Type SIS: for control wiring inside switchboards
C.
Voltage Rating: 600
D.
Color Coding:
1.
Unless contrary to requirements of local codes, the following color code shall
apply:
120/208 volts
Phase A – black
Phase B – red
Phase C – blue
Neutral – white
Ground – green
2.
3.
4.
c.
5.
480/277 volts
Phase A – brown
Phase B – orange
Phase C – yellow
Neutral – gray
Ground – green
Isolated Ground Conductor color code: AWG 10 and smaller: green with yellow
stripe in insulation. AWG 8 and larger: continuous green tape and two bands
yellow tape adjacent to each other.
If local codes require other than these color codes to be used, the local codes
shall be complied with.
Color code shall be indicated by:
a.
b.
E.
600V BUILDING WIRE AND CONDUIT
Section 260519
AWG #10 and smaller: insulation color
AWG #8 and larger: colored tape applied at all terminations, and junction
boxes, pull boxes and manholes.
Ground conductors shall be color coded along entire length where visible
inside boxes and equipment.
Entire length of conductor insulation shall be provided with color specific to
phase, as indicated above.
Accepted Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
FMD NO. 1310234
Belden
Clifford of Vermont
General Cable
Pirelli
Rome
Senator
Southwire
Triangle
West-Penn
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.2
2.3
600V BUILDING WIRE AND CONDUIT
Section 260519
FLEXIBLE CORDS
A.
300 Volt – Type SJO with copper conductors
B.
600 Volt – Type SO with copper conductors
C.
Use only where indicated on the drawings.
600 VOLT ACCESSORIES
A.
Conduit wedges: 0-Z/Gedney Type “S”
B.
Terminations, power connections, splices, taps:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Splices: Compression type, copper, insulated with heat shrink sleeves.
Taps #8 and larger: Compression type copper or copper alloy with snap-on
insulation cover designed for the specific tap. Insulation displacement type
fittings are not acceptable.
Taps #10 and #12: twist-on insulated spring type connectors or squeeze-on
insulated connector.
Terminations: feeder cable to bus bar: copper or copper alloy compression lug,
two bolt hole tongue if mounting space allows.
Terminations: feeder cable to device or other condition where compression lugs
mechanically will not fit: copper alloy mechanical lug, T&B “Locktite” series.
Accepted Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
C.
Terminations: Control Conductors:
1.
2.
D.
Burndy
0-Z/Gedney
T&B
Illsco
Square D
Panduit
Buchanan
3M
Ideal
Compression Lug: insulated.
Terminal Strip: barrier style, screw type, suitable for wire size and voltage
applied.
Wire Lubricants:
1.
2.
Lubricant used shall be certified by conductor manufacturer to be satisfactory for
use with the specific conductor insulation.
Approved material:
a.
b.
c.
FMD NO. 1310234
Ideal “Yellow 77”
Ideal “Yellow 77 Plus”
3M wire pulling lubricant
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
E.
600V BUILDING WIRE AND CONDUIT
Section 260519
Wire markers: Permanent, machine printed, self-laminating vinyl.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
SIZES, QUANTITIES, TYPES
A.
Building Wire:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
Flexible Cords:
1.
2.
3.
3.2
AWG 12 minimum, except as noted below.
120 Volt circuits with homerun length over 100 feet shall have AWG 10 minimum
homerun conductors.
277 Volt circuits with homerun length over 200 feet shall have AWG 10 minimum
homerun conductors.
No more than six (6) phase conductors shall be installed in a single raceway.
Type THHN/THWN shall be used for all branch circuits, AWG 12 through AWG 8.
Conductors shall be stranded, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Where
stranded wire is to be connected to wiring devices or other equipment whose
terminals are not rated for use with stranded wire, “Stakon” type terminals shall
be used on the wire.
Conductors larger than AWG 8 installed above grade shall be Type THHN or
THWN. Where installed in conduit run below grade, shall be type THWN or
XHHW.
Where branch circuit conductors enter the wiring compartment of lighting fixtures,
the insulation used on that segment of the branch circuit shall be UL listed for
application at the temperature that will be encountered in the fixture.
General-purpose control conductors: AWG 14 minimum, stranded, protected by
control circuit overcurrent protection rated not greater than or set at the rated
ampacity of the conductor.
AWG 16 minimum
Rated for the applied voltage and load
Contain full size ground conductor
INSTALLATION
A.
Building Wire:
1.
2.
3.
4.
FMD NO. 1310234
Conductors shall not be pulled in an ambient temperature lower than 15º F.
Adequate wire lubricants shall be used to minimize pulling tension.
Conductors shall not be bent, either manually or with bending tools, in a manner
that puts excessive stress on insulation or causes it to buckle. Avoid bending to a
radius less than manufacturers recommended minimum. Conductors with visibly
damaged insulation shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.
Conductors installed in vertical raceways shall be supported by wedge fittings
attached to the conduit on intervals as prescribed by code. Provide suitable sized
pull box enclosures as required to contain the support wedges.
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
5.
6.
7.
B.
3.3
600V BUILDING WIRE AND CONDUIT
Section 260519
All terminations of feeder conductors not made directly on device terminals shall
be made with compression lugs installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions and with a compression tool approved for the terminator used.
Feeder conductors shall be individually identified at each end and at all
intermediate pull boxes and other accessible locations with feeder designation,
source, load, voltage, and phase.
General-purpose control conductors and all special systems conductors shall be
identified on each end with a unique number or designation. This identification
shall be recorded on the contractor’s as-built drawings.
Flexible Cords: Shall be installed with cord grip and strain-relief connectors.
TESTS
A.
Cable Test:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Megger test all feeders.
Megger test of all feeders shall be accomplished before energizing circuits. Test
shall be phase to phase and phase to ground.
Submit a written tabulation of the results of each test to the Owner’s
representative for review. Replace any cable with installed insulation resistance
of less than accepted industry standards.
Replacement of Conductors
1.
Replace conductors, determined by testing as not acceptable, without additional
cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
FMD NO. 1310234
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
CONDUIT
Section 260533
SECTION 260533
CONDUIT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
GENERAL
A.
This section describes conduit and related fittings. Other raceway types are specified in
other sections.
B.
Boxes and other raceway accessories are specified in other sections.
SIZE
A.
Minimum conduit size shall be ½”; Exception: 3/8” flexible metal conduit or Type AC or
MC is permitted for flexible connections to lighting fixtures and fire alarm devices.
B.
Conduit size may be increased to facilitate pulling of conductors.
COORDINATION WITH WORK OF OTHER TRADES
A.
Coordinate the conduit layout with the work of other trades. Conduits shall be located to
avoid interference with equipment that requires access, maintenance, adjustment, or
repair. Conduits shall not restrict the required working clearance around such equipment.
B.
Conduits feeding, or connecting to, equipment provided by other trades shall not be
installed until such equipment is installed or until the trade providing the equipment
furnishes specific rough-in instructions.
C.
Conduits shall be concealed, unless otherwise indicated.
SCOPE OF CONDUIT WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS
A.
The conduit layout indicated on the drawings is schematic and is not intended to show
the exact location of conduits unless specifically dimensioned. Locate conduit as required
by the architectural and structural details of construction and by the coordination with the
work of other trades.
B.
Provide all fittings, offsets, supports, pullboxes and other components of the conduit
system as required for a complete raceway system.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
The conduit shall be new, of uniform quality and appearance, and marked with U.L. listing
and name of manufacturer.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.6
CONDUIT
Section 260533
B.
All seams shall be smooth, without splits, clean, and with threads protected when
delivered to or stored on site.
C.
Provide fittings designed and U.L. listed for use with the specific wiring method used.
D.
Set-screw fittings are NOT allowed.
SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS
A.
Provide submittal documents for the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
PVC raceways and fittings
EMT fittings
Conduit bushings
Flexible conduit and fittings
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
RIGID METAL CONDUIT (TYPE RMC)
A.
Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B.
Material: Full weight, steel, standard size, hot dipped galvanized outside, galvanized or
coated inside, threaded ends.
C.
Fittings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.2
Allied Tube & Conduit Corp.
Jones & Laughlin
Pittsburgh-Standard
Republic
Triangle Wire & Cable, Inc.
Wheatland Tube Co.
Youngstown
ETP
Robroy Industries, Inc.
Couplings: Continuous threaded, furnished by the manufacturer with conduit. For
IMC, ETP “Uni-Swivel” couplings are acceptable.
Threaded joint compound: Fel-Pro C5A.
Terminations (dry locations): Double locknuts with insulated throat, metallic
grounding bushing, 0-Z/Gedney type “BLG”.
Terminations (wet locations): Watertight hubs, 0-Z/Gedney Type “CHM”, or
conduit hubs integral with equipment.
INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (TYPE IMC)
A.
Manufacturers: same as for RMC
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.3
B.
Material: Lightweight steel, standard size, hot dipped or electro-galvanized zinc outside
and galvanized or enamel coated inside, threaded ends.
C.
Fittings: same as for RMC
RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT (TYPE RNC)
A.
Manufacturer:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.4
Carlon, Division of Lamson & Sessions Co.
Sedco
Centex, Inc.
Heritage Plastics
Certainteed Corp.
B.
Material: PVC Schedule 40, unless otherwise indicated, rated for use with 90ºC
conductors.
C.
Where PVC being run under slabs, or grade, turns up through the slab, or above grade,
the elbow and vertical section of conduit from the elbow to the termination of the conduit
shall be RMC, or IMC, as protection against the exposed conduit being damaged.
D.
Accessories: Fittings, couplings, cement, and other accessories shall be of the same
manufacture as the PVC conduit that they are used with.
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (TYPE EMT)
A.
Manufacture: same as for RMC.
B.
Material: Thin-wall steel, galvanized outside, coated inside, threadless.
C.
Fittings:
1.
For EMT (Sizes 1.25” and smaller):
a.
b.
2.
Couplings: All steel, compression style, concrete tight where installed in
concrete, Raco, T&B, Midwest, or Steel City, O-Z/Gedney
Connectors: All steel, compression style, with nylon throat; Raco, T&B,
Midwest, or Steel City.
For EMT (Sizes 1.50” and larger):
a.
b.
2.5
CONDUIT
Section 260533
Couplings: All steel, compression style, of same manufacture.
Connectors: All steel, compression style, of same manufacture, and
insulated throat, metallic grounding bushing, 0-Z/Gedney Type “BLG”.
FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (TYPE FMC)
A.
Manufacture:
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.6
AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
Alflex
Electri-Flex Co.
Steelflex Electro Corp.
B.
Material: galvanized steel, Continuous single interlocking strip.
C.
Fittings: T&B “Tite-Bite” series, Midwest Fittings.
LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (TYPE LFMC)
A.
Manufacture: same as for FMC.
B.
Material: Flexible metallic conduit with PVC jacket, type “UA”, with integral copper
grounding conductor suitable for use as equipment grounding conductor.
C.
Fittings:
1.
2.
2.7
CONDUIT
Section 260533
Material: Steel, or malleable iron, liquid-tight connector with insulating throat liner
(use bushing above 1.25”).
Manufacture: T&B, Midwest Fittings, O-Z/Gedney.
EXPANSION FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
A.
Expansion fittings:
1.
2.
B.
Seals for exterior wall below grade penetrations:
1.
2.
3.
C.
Cast-in-place type: 0-Z/Gedney Type “WSK”.
Cored openings: 0-Z/Gedney Type “CSMI” and Type “CSMC”.
Non-shrink grout where indicated on the drawings and where acceptable to the
Architect.
Conduit bodies:
1.
2.
D.
For conduit not embedded in concrete while passing across building expansion
joint, provide 0-Z/Gedney type AX for GRC and IMC or type TX for EMT. Provide
bonding jumper.
For conduit embedded in concrete while passing across building expansion joint,
provide 0-Z/Gedney type DX expansion joint or type AXDX if required by the
degree of expansion possible.
Used for pulling conductors: Crouse-Hinds LBD series through 2.00” and LBNEC
Series 2.50” and above.
Used for motor connection: Crouse-Hinds condulet “T” series.
Pull strings for empty conduits shall be equal to Greenlee 430 poly pull line.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
CONDUIT
Section 260533
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
GENERAL
A.
Conduit supports and seismic bracing is specified in other sections.
B.
Run exposed conduits parallel or perpendicular to structural elements.
C.
Two or more raceways run together shall be installed on trapeze type gang hangers.
Such raceways assemblies shall be run parallel or perpendicular to structural elements.
D.
Where bends are made in a rack of exposed conduits, field bent concentric elbows shall
be used.
E.
All wiring shall be installed in conduit, unless plenum rated cable is specified in other
sections to be installed without conduit or, unless the wiring is shown to be in a wireway
or cable tray.
F.
Unless specifically noted on the drawings all raceways shall be concealed in walls, floor
slabs, topping slab on floor, or in ceiling plenums.
G.
Apply threaded joint compound on all Type RMC and Type IMC threaded joint
connections.
SCHEDULE
A.
Unless otherwise required, provide RMC or IMC for the following applications:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Provide EMT in dry locations only for the following applications:
1.
2.
3.
C.
Where subject to damage.
Exposed on exterior of building.
Exterior circuits under roadways.
Concealed work in walls, and ceiling plenums.
Branch circuit feeder wiring not otherwise required to be run in RMC or IMC.
Signal or communication raceways (other than underground)
Provide RNC PVC for the following applications:
1.
2.
3.
Concrete encased duct banks where specifically indicated.
Single grounding conductors as indicated and where not run in plenum spaces.
Concealed work in slabs.
D.
Flexible conduit is permitted only where concealed above suspended ceilings for
connections of light fixtures, tele-power poles, and similar equipment and shall not
exceed 3’-0” length. Light fixture whips may be 6’0” in length.
E.
Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit (LFMC) shall be used for all connections to vibrating
equipment, such as motors and transformers, and where flexible conduit is indicated on
the drawings, except as noted above. Use Type FMC in plenum spaces.
FMD NO. 1310234
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.3
INSTALLATION
A.
Conduits embedded in slabs shall have a minimum of 1” cover of concrete on all sides.
Outside diameter of conduit shall not exceed 1/3 of the slab thickness and shall not be
larger than 1.25”.
B.
All threaded conduits shall be terminated with specified bushings.
C.
Paint all underground steel conduits with one coat of Rustoleum 5269 primer and one
coat of Rustoleum 5282 acrylic industrial enamel. Touch up all wrench marks and other
defects.
D.
Underground conduits shall be a minimum of 24” below final grade.
E.
Conduit joints:
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.4
CONDUIT
Section 260533
Ream end of conduit smooth.
Conduit ends shall meet in coupling.
Provide unions where required, of the Erickson Type.
Provide joint compound on the male threads of RMC and IMC conduit.
F.
Use double locknuts at threaded conduit terminations.
G.
The conduit system shall be left free of all debris, water and foreign material. Plug or cap
all conduits with exposed ends to prevent entrance of concrete or other foreign material.
Pull a cleaning swab through all conduits prior to pulling conductors.
H.
Conduits run parallel to, or crossing hot pipes, shall not be closer than 0’-6” to hot pipe.
I.
Anchors or supports in waterproof walls shall be of the type and methodology directed by
the architect.
J.
Empty EMT raceways shall be terminated with connectors, and if over 1.25”, specified
bushings.
K.
Raceways in accessible ceiling plenums shall not be installed closer than 8” to ceiling.
L.
Groups of two or more conduits turned out of a slab shall be neatly arranged parallel to
the adjacent wall and evenly spaced with at least (1) inch separation.
M.
Conduit passing through walls below grade shall be run through specified fittings in the
wall and shall be sealed to be waterproof.
N.
All threaded joints in rigid conduit shall have pipe compound applied to the male thread
only, to be watertight where buried below grade and not encased in concrete.
ACCESSORIES
A.
Pull wires: provide nylon pull wire in all empty conduits and at all data and telephone
outlet locations.
B.
Expansion fittings: provide at all building expansion joints.
FMD NO. 1310234
6
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.5
CONDUIT
Section 260533
C.
Fire seals: provide where conduit passes through a floor slab (other than slab on grade)
and where conduit passes through fire-rated masonry walls, unless cast in place.
D.
Install specified seals for exterior wall below grade for penetrations of conduits.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
All exposed conduits 2 inches and larger shall be identified with markers 20 feet on
center. Also refer to Section 260553 – Electrical Identification.
B.
Markers shall be permanent, plastic-sheet conduit markers extending 360 degrees
around conduit.
C.
Marker shall identify voltage and function of conductors in conduit and be minimum
length of 8 inches.
END OF SECTION
FMD NO. 1310234
7
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
BOXES
Section 260534
SECTION 260534
BOXES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
SCOPE
A.
This section covers pull boxes, outlet boxes, and junction boxes.
B.
Refer to Section 262726, WIRING DEVICES for additional requirements for outlet boxes
for wiring devices.
APPLICATIONS
A.
All splices, pull boxes, taps, connections, devices, etc., shall be installed using boxes of
the appropriate type, designed and approved for the intended purpose.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
2.3
GENERAL
A.
Box sizes specified are minimums, and shall be increased where required by code due to
the number of conduit entries, conductors, devices, or taps in the box.
B.
All boxes shall be made of galvanized sheet steel, of code gauge thickness, but no less
than 1/16” thick or 14 Gauge.
C.
Outlet box covers shall be attached by means of machine screws. Self-tapping sheet
metal screws are not acceptable.
MANUFACTURE
A.
Outlet boxes: Steel City, Appleton, Raco
B.
Cast boxes: Crouse-Hinds, Appleton
SCHEDULE
A.
Schedule indicates box type; select actual box and plaster ring to suit actual conditions:
USE
Recessed device outlet
Recessed tele/data outlet
Recessed wall mounted fixture
Flush concrete outlet
Flush concrete junction
FMD NO. 1310234
BOX
RACO 683
RACO 683
RACO 683
RACO 272
RACO 272
1
COVER
RACO 770
RACO 770
RACO 767
RACO 893
RACO 892
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
Junction box above ceiling
Exposed device outlet
Exposed fixture outlet
Flush ceiling fixture
2.4
2.5
BOXES
Section 260534
RACO 257
C/H “FS”
C/H “GRFX”
RACO 683
RACO 832
C/H DS32
--------RACO 767
SPECIALTIES
A.
Boxes installed in concrete shall be UL listed for such use.
B.
Through-wall boxes are not acceptable.
C.
Provide 3/8-fixture stud and box supported from structure when required by weight of
fixture being supported.
D.
Junction boxes installed above ceilings shall be plenum type.
PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES
A.
In dry locations, boxes shall be galvanized sheet steel, minimum 12 gauge, with machine
screw covers, and welded construction. Welds shall be slag-free and cold galvanized.
B.
In damp locations or outdoors, unless otherwise shown on the drawings, boxes in steel
raceway runs shall be galvanized cast iron, with gasketed covers and conduit hubs, or
drilled and tapped. Boxes in Type RNC PVC raceway runs shall be PVC with gasketed
cover.
C.
All boxes shall be rated for their application, such as sidewalk, or light vehicle traffic.
D.
Provide insulated cable support racks in feeder pull boxes where conductor length
exceeds 48” inside pullbox.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL
A.
Refer to other sections for mounting heights of boxes for devices and equipment.
B.
Boxes shall be located clear of other trades, and shall be accessible.
C.
Coordinate the exact location of ceiling outlet boxes and boxes concealed above ceilings,
with ductwork and piping so that the box will be accessible.
D.
All required pull boxes are not indicated on the drawings. Provided boxes as determined
by actual field installation and as required for a complete installation.
E.
Using a permanent, waterproof, wide black marker, clearly label covers of all branch
circuit junction boxes, and smaller pull boxes, with panel and circuit number of circuits
contained in, or passing through, the box.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.2
BOXES
Section 260534
F.
Branch circuit and feeder junction and pull boxes used with emergency life-safety feeders
and circuits shall be painted red.
G.
Provide engraved “lamicore” nameplate on cover of each major feeder pull, or junction,
box as specified under Section 260553 - “Electrical Identification”.
INSTALLATION
A.
Boxes shall be securely anchored in place, and shall be supported independent of the
raceway system.
B.
Boxes installed in poured concrete shall be anchored to the formwork and protected
against entry of any concrete.
C.
Boxes shall be set square and plumb with building elements.
D.
Outlets for ceiling mount fixtures shall be rigidly supported from the grid or structure with
an assembly manufactured for this purpose.
END OF SECTION
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
Section 260553
SECTION 260553
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
SCOPE
A.
Identification nameplates and labels.
B.
Wire and cable identification markers.
C.
Conduit identification markers
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Provide catalog data for nameplates, labels, and markers.
B.
Manufacturer’s application conditions and limitations of use including, instructions for
storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
NAMEPLATES AND LABELS
A.
Engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplate with minimum 1/4” height letters.
B.
Equipment connected to non-essential supply (commercial power only) commercial
source: Black letters on white background.
C.
Equipment connected to the essential supply (commercial power or generator power via
transfer breakers or a transfer switch): White letters on red background.
D.
Locations:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
E.
Main Service and Distribution equipment enclosures and over-current devices.
Electrical distribution equipment enclosures.
Transformers
Motor Control Devices and Contactors.
Disconnect switches.
Communication cabinets.
Labels:
1.
Locations required:
a.
b.
c.
FMD NO. 1310234
All motors.
All field equipment fed from 120/208 V power source.
All field equipment such as motors, control stations, etc.
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
d.
Provide engraved plastic equipment nameplates for all switchboards, panelboards, motor
control centers, starters, disconnects, primary selector switches, time clock controls,
contactors, and transformers.
G.
Nameplate wording shall be coordinated with final equipment identification nomenclature
and approved by the owners’ designated representative prior to installation.
H.
Letter Size:
1/4 inch letters: Identify individual equipment, and loads.
1/2 inch letters: Identify major electrical equipment and panelboards.
WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS
A.
Description: Non-ferrous identify tag or shrink type label.
B.
Locations: Each cable feeder, power circuit, and conductor in vaults, manholes, gutters,
pull boxes, starters, outlet and junction boxes, control panels, panelboards, switchboards,
etc., and each load connection.
C.
Legend: Each tag or label shall be typewritten with description listed below.
1.
2.
2.3
All lighting switches and receptacles in unfinished areas.
F.
1.
2.
2.2
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
Section 260553
Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated on
drawings.
Control Circuits: Control wire number indicated on schematic and interconnection
diagrams.
CONDUIT MARKERS
A.
Location: Furnish vinyl markers for each exposed 2.00” or larger conduit longer than 6
feet for power circuits or exposed Type MC Cable with 3/0 or larger conductors longer
than 6 feet.
B.
Spacing: Adjacent to each termination at equipment and pull boxes and intermittently at
20 feet on center.
C.
Color: Match existing color-coding scheme in the facility. Where color-coding does not
already exist, then use the following color-coding on new work.
1.
2.
1.01 UNDERGROUND
FMD NO. 1310234
480 volt system: Orange color and black stencil, voltage in 1/2” black letters. At
the source end, also indicate the load served in 1/2” black letters. At the load
end, also indicate the circuit source identification in 1/2” black letters. At
intermediate points, also identify both the circuit identification and load in 1/2”
black letters.
208 volt system: White color and black stencil, voltage in 1/2” black letters. At the
source end, also indicate the load served in 1/2” black letters. At the load end,
also indicate the circuit identification in 1/2” black letters. At intermediate points,
also identify both the circuit identification and load in 1/2” black letters.
WARNING TAPE
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
Section 260553
D.
Description: 4 inch wide plastic tape, detectable type, colored red with suitable warning
legend describing buried electrical lines.
E.
Location: Along length of each underground conduit or direct buried cable or duct bank.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A.
3.2
Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels.
INSTALLATION
A.
Install nameplate and label parallel to equipment lines.
B.
Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws.
C.
Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on panelboards that are recessed in finished
wall locations.
D.
Install conduit markers per Article 2.3.
E.
Stencil conduit markers or use adhesive letters or order pre-labeled. Handwritten entries
that are neat and legible and not smeared are acceptable. Any conduit markers that that
are determined not to be neat, legible, and free from smears shall be replaced to the
satisfaction of the Architect.
F.
Identify underground conduits and direct buried cables using underground warning tape.
Install one tape per trench at 3 inches below finished grade and at 12 inches above top of
conduits.
G.
Use Scotch +35 marking tape to color-code the phase conductors equal and larger than
AWG #6.
H.
In a high delta service, the phase with the highest voltage to ground shall be orange.
I.
For other conductor color-coding, see Section 260519 - Building Wire and Cable.
END OF SECTION
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056) PROTECTIVE DEVICE TIME-CURRENT COORDINATION STUDY
Section 260573
SECTION 260573
PROTECTIVE DEVICE TIME-CURRENT COORDINATION STUDY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
SCOPE
A.
Provide a protective device Time-Current Coordination (TCC) Study in a computergenerated format.
B.
From the utility connection down through the last branch circuit breaker of any added/new
panelboards.
C.
Compute short-circuit currents as needed for use in the TCC study.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
The Study shall be prepared by a Registered Professional Electrical Engineer
experienced in studies of this type and shall bear the PE’s seal and signature.
B.
Study shall conform to current ANSI / IEEE standards.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit prior to equipment delivery.
B.
Description and version of software program used, including database type libraries.
C.
One Line Diagram identifying equipment, busses, and protective devices.
D.
Textual description of coordination obtained and compromises selected.
E.
Tabulation of all adjustable device settings.
F.
Time-current curve plots
characteristics including:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
G.
graphically
illustrating
protective
device
ratings
and
Utility protective device.
Secondary main protective device.
Each device through, and including, the main and largest branch circuit device in
the most downstream panel.
Transformer inrush and damage limits.
Device long-time pick-up and delay, short-time pick-up and delay, instantaneous,
ground fault pick-up and delay.
Motor-starting curve.
Submit final As-Built version of Study minimum 60 days prior to final review of electrical
system.
END OF SECTION
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC & Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
New Overcurrent Devices in Existing Equipment
Section 262400
SECTION 262400
NEW OVERCURRENT DEVICES IN EXISTING EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SCOPE
A.
1.2
This section covers the installation of new overcurrent protective devices in
existing equipment.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A.
Provide new overcurrent protective devices, hardware and associated components
as required for a complete installation in existing switchboards and panelboards as
indicated on the plans.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
AVAILABILITY OF DEVICES
A.
Where a device is obsolete and the manufacturer
equivalent replacement device, provide written notice.
does
not
offer
an
B.
New device voltage and fault current interrupting ratings (SCCR) shall equal, or
exceed, existing device ratings unless otherwise noted elsewhere in the specification
or on the drawings.
HARDWARE
A.
Bus bars, draw-out and plug-in assemblies, connectors, adapters, lugs, and
other hardware shall be of the same type and manufacture as existing equipment.
B.
New closure panels and doors shall match existing equipment.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
INSTALLATION
A.
Extend, modify, brace and install all new busing to match existing busing.
B.
All hardware, doors, panels and closure plates shall be mounted in alignment
with existing equipment.
C.
Provide engraved nameplates on all new circuits in switchboards and in
power distribution panelboards.
D.
Provide new typewritten directory in branch circuit lighting and receptacle
panelboards where circuits have been modified under this scope of work.
TESTING
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC & Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
New Overcurrent Devices in Existing Equipment
Section 262400
A.
All costs incurred for testing shall be included under Division 26.
B.
Test and calibrate all new circuit breakers furnished under this contract and
“spare” breakers scheduled to be placed into service, prior to acceptance of the
building. This requirement shall apply to breakers rated 100 amp and larger.
C.
Tests shall be conducted by a NETA-certified and approved, independent testing
company per NETA recommendations and in accordance with NETA Standard
Practices.
D.
In general, tests shall include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
E.
F.
Determine proper operation of circuit breaker trip devices.
Determine trip ratings or settings are correctly adjusted
Determine control and interlock devices performed as specified.
Determine electrical resistance across contact surfaces in switches, circuit
breakers and bus way are acceptable.
Torque all bolted connections
These tests shall not alter the contractor’s guarantee of the equipment. All work
and materials found to be in non-compliance shall be replaced and re-tested by the
contractor without additional cost to the Owner.
Provide (3) copies of bound test reports, bound and included in the closeout
documentation.
END OF SECTION 262400
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
Section 262416
SECTION 262416
BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
DESCRIPTION
A.
This section describes panelboards as scheduled on the drawings as “Panelboards” and
also referred to on the drawings and in the specification as “panel”.
B.
Definition: As defined in the National Electrical Code.
SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS
A.
Provide a schedule of each panelboard demonstrating placement of branch breakers in
accordance with the schedules on the drawings. Circuit numbering shall be indicated and
configured as scheduled.
B.
Dimensioned drawings of panel can and panel cover detailing construction of hinged front
cover. Gutter sizes shall be indicated.
C.
Provide ratings of each main and branch device, panelboard electrical characteristics,
and assembly fault current rating.
OPERATION AND MAINTENCE MANUALS
A.
Provide record copy of submittal documents.
B.
Provide maintenance instructions, detailed drawings, and parts lists.
C.
Provide manufacturers published recommended procedures for preventative
maintenance, repair, and normal operation of the panelboards and all components.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
CONSTRUCTION
A.
Lighting and branch circuit panels shall be factory assembled with bolt-on breakers.
B.
Bus shall be plated copper.
C.
Construction shall be dead front with separately mounted interior trim.
D.
Branch breakers shall be arranged as scheduled on the drawings.
E.
Multi-pole breakers shall be common trip. Tandem breakers shall not be furnished.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
Section 262416
F.
Enclosure shall be galvanized sheet steel. End panelboards shall be blank without
knockouts.
G.
All panels shall have finished door cover trim “hinge-mounted” to box on surface mounted
panelboards. Factory paint cover with two coats of a standard gray color enamel.
H.
Provide flush lock and catch. Lock mechanism shall be metal construction.
I.
Gutter sizes:
1.
2.
Manufacturers standard, unless otherwise required.
Provide additional 8” gutter width with sheet metal barrier where feeder passes
through panel can or is tapped in gutter.
J.
Provide ground bus bonded to enclosure.
K.
Where a panelboard is shown to be fed by more than one conductor per phase, an
individual lug shall be provided for each conductor.
L.
Provide circuit breaker mounting hardware where a “space” is scheduled.
M.
Minimum interrupting rating of main and all breakers shall be the minimum assembly
rating as scheduled on the drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL
A.
For all flush mounted panelboards provide (6) six ¾” empty conduits stubbed out at top of
wall from panel.
B.
Branch circuit conductors shall be run at right angles to enclosure sides, bundled neatly
and laced with nylon Ty-Raps.
C.
Provide typewritten panel directories indicating location and type of load served by each
branch circuit.
D.
Conductors shall not be spliced within the panelboard enclosure. Branch circuit
conductors not long enough to reach the scheduled branch circuit breaker shall be
replaced.
E.
Tighten all factory connections, including breaker mounting hardware prior to energizing
panelboard.
F.
All unused breaker mounting spaces shall be covered or blanked.
G.
Provide specified nameplate on panel front cover.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
3.2
BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
Section 262416
MOUNTING
A.
Surface mount or flush mount, at locations as indicated on the drawings, at same height
to top of trim, generally 6’-6”, unless otherwise required by specific site conditions.
B.
Mount flush panelboards in accurately cut openings, with face of can flush with face of
wall.
END OF SECTION
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
MISCELLANEOUS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
Section 262700
SECTION 262700
MISCELLANEOUS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
DESCRIPTION
A.
This section describes disconnect switches, separate individually-enclosed circuit
breakers, electronic time clocks, lighting contactors, photoelectric control devices, and
fuses for other than devices furnished with integral current-limiting fuses, such as fused
circuit breakers and motor circuit protectors.
B.
Spare fuses of all types are included in this section.
C.
Provide required fuses, including spare fuses, for all fusible equipment furnished under
this division.
NAMEPLATES
A.
1.3
SPARE FUSES
A.
1.4
1.5
Provide engraved “lamicore” nameplates for all disconnect switches, time clocks,
contactors, and individually enclosed circuit breakers, indicating the equipment served.
Refer also to Section 260553, Electrical Identification.
Provide (3) three spare fuses of each type and rating for all power and control fuses,
including current-limiting fuses furnished as an integral part of fused circuit breakers or
motor circuit protectors.
SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS
A.
Required for all equipment specified by this section.
B.
Circuit breaker submittal shall indicate device ratings, including interrupting capacity,
dimensions of enclosure, and wire bending space.
OPERATION AND MAINTENCE MANUALS
1.
2.
FMD NO. 1310234
Provide record copy of all submittal documents and assemble as identified in
another section.
Provide two (2) copies of any software required to configure the lighting control
system(s).
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
MISCELLANEOUS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
Section 262700
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL
A.
2.2
All devices shall be UL labeled.
FUSES
A.
Manufacturer:
1.
2.
3.
2.3
Bussman
Ferraz-Shawmut
Little-Fuse
B.
Fuses applied on circuits operating at 250 Volts or less shall be 250 Volt rated.
C.
Fuses applied on circuits operating at less than 600 Volts and more than 250 Volts shall
be 600 Volt rated.
D.
All fuses shall have an interrupting capacity of 200,000 amps, RMS symmetrical, at rated
voltage.
E.
Fuses for transformer feeders and motor branch circuits shall be dual-element time delay,
current-limiting, Class J for 600 Amp and smaller, Class L for larger than 600 Amp.
F.
Fuses for feeders, control circuits, and other loads shall be fast acting, current limiting,
Class J for 600 Amp and smaller, Class L. for larger than 600 Amp.
DISCONNECT SWITCH (SAFETY SWITCH)
A.
Manufacturer:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Cutler-Hammer
General Electric
Siemens
Square D
B.
Shall be of the fusible or non-fusible type, as indicated on the drawings.
C.
Shall be heavy duty, quick-make, quick-break, HP rated, hinged cover dual interlocked
with switch handle and with external interlock defeat mechanism, with provision for
handle and door padlocking.
D.
In dry locations shall be Type NEMA 1 enclosed.
E.
In damp locations, or outdoors, shall be Type NEMA-3R, enclosed, except where the
applied use requires an alternate Type NEMA enclosure rating.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.4
DOUBLE-THROW DISCONNECT SWITCH
A.
Manufacture:
1.
2.
3.
2.5
Cutler-Hammer
Siemens
Square D
B.
Shall be of the fusible or non-fusible type as indicated on the drawings.
C.
Shall be heavy duty, quick-make/quick-break, load-make/load-break rated, HP rated,
hinged cover dual interlocked with switch handle and with external interlock defeat
mechanism, with provision for handle and door padlocking.
D.
Switch handle shall have padlocking provisions in all (3) three switch positions and
external interlock defeat mechanism.
E.
Installed in dry locations: Type NEMA-1 enclosed.
F.
Installed in damp locations or outdoors: Type NEMA-3R enclosed, except where the
applied use requires an alternate Type NEMA enclosure rating.
G.
Provide separate ground bus. Provide insulated neutral bus where the scheduled feeder
contains a neutral conductor.
H.
Provide lugs sized for actual feeder conductors where standard factory lugs are not
suitable.
INDIVIDUALLY ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A.
Manufacturer:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.6
MISCELLANEOUS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
Section 262700
Cutler-Hammer
General Electric
Siemens
Square-D Company
B.
Breakers shall be of appropriate frame size for the indicated trip setting, and rated for the
applied circuit voltage. Fault current interrupting rating of each breaker shall be as noted
on the drawings, minimum 42,000 A.I.C.R.
C.
Installed in dry locations: NEMA-1, enclosed.
D.
Installed in damp locations or outdoors: NEMA-3R enclosed, except where the applied
use requires an alternate rating.
COMBINATION TIME SWITCH/PHOTOCONTROL
A.
Two-channel digital time switch with 30A SPDT contacts, capable of 20 set points,
automatic Daylight Savings Time and Leap Year compensation, and LCD display.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.7
2.8
MISCELLANEOUS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
Section 262700
B.
Unit shall have astronomic option with offset up to 4 hours and 59 minutes, before or after
sunrise.
C.
Real time clock shall be retained by super capacitor for 100 hours.
D.
Unit shall be capable of manual override ON or OFF either to next scheduled event or
permanently.
E.
Provide electronic light sensor which can be mounted up to 1000 feet from the controller.
TIME SWITCH
A.
Two-channel digital time switch with 30A SPDT contacts, capable of 20 set points,
automatic Daylight Savings Time and Leap Year compensation, and LCD display.
B.
Unit shall have astronomic option with offset up to 4 hours and 59 minutes, before or after
sunrise.
C.
Real time clock shall be retained by super capacitor for 100 hours.
D.
Unit shall be capable of manual override ON or OFF either to next scheduled event or
permanently.
LIGHTING CONTACTORS
A.
Mechanically held, multi-pole, minimum of (1) one spare pole space. Contacts shall be
field convertible with N.O. and N.C. indicators.
B.
Ratings: 30 Amp fluorescent lighting; 20 Amp tungsten lighting.
C.
Enclosure: Type NEMA 1, except where the applied use requires an alternate rating.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Mount disconnects on building structural elements, or on auxiliary framing, with top at 6’0” A.F.F. where allowed by surrounding conditions.
B.
Devices shall not be supported from, or mounted to, equipment of other trades unless
approved in writing by the manufacturer of that equipment.
C.
Raceways connecting NEMA-3R enclosed devices shall be installed in such a manner as
to prevent the entry of water. Raceways shall enter only the bottom of the enclosure.
D.
Provide engraved lamicore nameplate for each disconnect and separately enclosed
breaker. Nameplates shall state source of circuit, load served, circuit number, voltage,
and phase. Refer to Section 26 05 53, Electrical Identification.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
MISCELLANEOUS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
Section 262700
E.
Provide disconnect switches for all motors, HVAC, plumbing equipment, and other
electrically operated equipment where not connected by cord and plug, unless fed from a
motor control center located in the immediate area of the motor. Disconnect switches
shall be fused where equipment manufacturers electrical data label plate states
“Maximum Fuse Size”, or similar wording.
F.
Mount individual line voltage photoelectric controls on suitable weatherproof box, or
suitable cast conduit fitting, in the directional orientation as recommended by the
manufacturer. Adjust sensor window for suitable operation at dusk and at dawn
END OF SECTION
FMD NO. 1310234
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
WIRING DEVICES
Section 262726
SECTION 262726
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
SCOPE
A.
This section describes wall switches, occupancy sensors, receptacles, faceplates, and
other wiring devices.
B.
Outlet boxes are specified in another section.
STANDARDS
A.
All devices shall be UL labeled.
B.
All devices shall meet applicable NEMA wiring device standards.
C.
All special-purpose receptacles shall be NEMA Standard configuration.
SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS
A.
1.4
Submit manufacturer catalog cut sheets of wiring devices specified in this section.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A.
Provide record copy of device submittal incorporated into the project O&M Manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURE
A.
Switches, receptacles, plates:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Arrow-Hart
Bryant
Hubbell
P&S/Legrand
Occupancy Sensors
1.
2.
3.
FMD NO. 1310234
Wall Mounted: passive dual technology type sensor, suitable for single or multigang mounting in standard depth wall box.
Ceiling Mounted: passive dual technology type sensor, suitable for mounting at
ceiling height in suitable outlet box.
Manufacturer:
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
a.
b.
c.
4.
5.
2.2
WIRING DEVICES
Section 262726
Sensor Switch
Watt Stopper
Hubbell
Device types and manufacturer series numbers on the drawings are based on
Sensor Switch.
Contractor shall be responsible for commissioning of devices for proper operation
prior to completion of project and shall provide owner with a typed/written report.
DESCRIPTION
A.
The color of all devices mounted in finished interior spaces shall be as selected by the
Architect.
B.
Switches, receptacles:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Standard wall toggle switches for lighting circuits shall be heavy-duty, 277 Volt,
20 Amp, AC only, nylon, quiet type, with ground bonding screw terminal, Hubbell
#HBL1221 Series, back wired using screw and clamp.
Special purpose switches, such as 3-way, double-pole, and 4-way switches shall
be similar construction.
Duplex receptacles shall be heavy-duty, 125 volt, 15 Amp, 3-wire grounding,
nylon face, with self-grounding attachment, with ground bonding screw terminal,
Hubbell #HBL5362 Series, back wired using screw and clamp.
Individual duplex receptacles on separate 20 Amp circuits shall be rated 20 Amp.
Special purpose receptacles shall be of NEMA type indicated, heavy-duty, with
nylon face where available.
Wall toggle switches mounted adjacent to wall box dimmers shall be of the same
manufacture and appearance as the wall box dimmer.
G.F.C.I. Type receptacles shall be rated 20 Amp, Hubbell #GF5362 Series.
All 15- and 20-ampere, 125- and 250-volt nonlocking receptacles installed in a
wet location shall be listed weather-resistant type.
Remote switch with local override:
a.
b.
c.
d.
C.
Device plates/covers for interior application:
1.
2.
D.
5A, SPST (single pole) – Sentry Switch SS05277, Lithonia SSPL5277,
Cooper G5-W
5A, SPDT (three-way) – Sentry Switch SS053277, Lithonia SSPL53277,
Cooper G5T-W
20A, SPST (single pole) – Sentry Switch SS20277, Lithonia SSPL20277,
Cooper G20-W
20A, SPDT (three-way) – Sentry Switch SS23277, Lithonia SSPL23277,
Cooper G20T-W
Finished Room Areas: As selected by Engineer/Owner.
Utility and Mechanical Room Areas: Nylon cover, color to match devices.
Device plates/covers for exterior exposed outlets:
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.
2.
WIRING DEVICES
Section 262726
Weatherproof, heavy-duty cast aluminum, “in-use” type where required by the
location to be applied, Hubbell #WPxxx Series, or cast iron for FS/FD box
mounting.
Weatherproof receptacle covers shall be suitable for the specific application.
a.
15- and 20-ampere, 125- and 250-volt receptacles installed in a wet
location shall have an enclosure that is weatherproof whether or not the
attachment plug is inserted.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
GENERAL
A.
Refer to Section 260534, BOXES, for outlet box requirements.
B.
All devices shall be installed in appropriate boxes designed for the purpose, in
accordance with manufacturer’s directions.
C.
Adjacent outlets of any type, including dimmers and fan speed controls, shall be installed
in multi-gang boxes with a single multi-gang faceplate.
INSTALLATION
A.
Locations, unless otherwise required by local codes or noted on the drawings
(dimensions in center):
1.
2.
3.
Switches: 48 in. above finished floor, 4 in. from doorjamb on strike side of door.
Receptacles: 1 ft. 6 in. above finished floor, except where indicated above a
countertop.
Telephone and data outlets: 1 ft. 6 in. above finished floor, except where
indicated above a countertop.
B.
Grounding: Provide AWG 12, green color, insulated copper ground bonding jumpers for
all switches and receptacles, bonded to the grounding screw provision within the box with
separate grounding screw or lug.
C.
Device Labeling (applies to branch circuit devices wiring outlets under this section):
1.
2.
3.
4.
Provide adhesive backed label on each wall switch and receptacle device outlet
coverplate indicating panelboard served from and circuit number (i.e.: LPA-6).
Labels shall be made on 3/8” or ½” inch stock, black color letters with clear
background.
Label system shall be Brother “P-Touch” System or equivalent.
Labels shall not be applied until final touch-up painting is complete and covers
are permanently mounted.
END OF SECTION
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
LUMINAIRES
Section 265000
SECTION 265000
LUMINAIRES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SCOPE
A.
1.2
STANDARDS
A.
1.3
Specific catalog numbers shown for fixtures do not necessarily describe all mounting
hardware or accessories required for a particular installation. Determine ceiling types
from the finish schedule specified under another division, and furnish all required
materials for a complete and proper installation. Provide plaster frames for wet plaster or
stucco ceilings.
COORDINATION
A.
1.6
Fixture voltage is indicated by circuit in which it is connected. Contractor shall determine
fixture voltage from drawings.
CEILING INTERFACE
A.
1.5
All material shall bear the label of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
VOLTAGE
A.
1.4
Lighting fixtures, lamps, ballasts, bases, and associated equipment.
Provide other trades with a schedule of the outside dimensions of each type of recessed
fixture when submittal documents have been approved. Examine applicable plans and
shop drawings describing the work of other trades for possible conflicts in the clearances
required for installation. The architect shall be notified prior to fabrication of any material
of any conflict that cannot be resolved at no cost to the Owner by normal jobsite
coordination between trades.
SUBMITTAL
A.
Furnish a bill of material cover sheet and original data sheet, combined into binder,
describing each fixture type. If a catalog page describes more than one fixture, the page
shall be appropriately marked identifying the exact item being submitted. Photometric
data shall be submitted for each fixture type that has a reflector or lens for directing the
light output. Drawings larger than 8 ½ x 14 shall be submitted in 8 ½ x 11 envelopes
bound into the submittal brochure.
B.
Copy of Solid State Ballast warranty.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.7
LUMINAIRES
Section 265000
C.
Point by point plot on a scaled drawing to indicate the foot-candle performance of all
exterior fixtures.
D.
A tabulation of all lamps to be utilized in each fixture.
E.
Where equivalent manufacturers for lighting fixtures are not indicated or scheduled, one
manufacturer and model number is listed as “Design Standard” on the fixture schedule.
The intent is to define the appearance, style, function, performance, and level of quality
deemed necessary by the architect as well as to define the standard used by the
architect as the basis of the design described by the drawings and specifications. Light
fixtures equal in the appearance, style, function, performance, and level of quality as
manufactured by other than the “Design Standard” manufacturer may be proposed by the
Contractor at or before submittal. The proposed material will be evaluated by the Design
Professional and determination of equality with the “Design Standard” will not be
unreasonably withheld. To assist in this determination, the Contractor shall submit
detailed photometric and power density calculations for each space that the proposed
alternate fixture will be utilized. If the alternate manufacturer or model is determined by
the Design Professional to not be equal to the “Design Standard” in a parameter whose
acceptance would not be in the best interest of the Owner, the alternate fixture will be
rejected. The Contractor may then submit, at no additional cost to the owner, another
alternate fixture or the fixture scheduled as the “Design Standard” for review by the
Design Professional. Alternate material furnished shall comply with all requirements of
the material specification, shall be, as determined by the Design Professional, equal in
form and performance to the “Design Standard” and shall be dimensionally identical to
the design standard where features are visible or where the work of other trades is
affected. Determination of equally shall remain solely with the architect and his decision
shall be final.
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A.
Provide record copy of submittal documents.
B.
Provide tabulation of lamp type furnished for each fixture type.
C.
Bind all information together with other Division 26 manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
BALLASTS
A.
Fluorescent – T8 and Compact Fluorescent Lamps
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
FMD NO. 1310234
Solid state, 20 to 35 KHz lamp operation, total harmonic distortion on input
current not exceeding 10%.
Efficiency: 31 watts maximum input wattage per FO32T8 lamp connected to the
ballast. Ballasts shall operate installed lamps at full output, parallel lamp
operation.
UL, CBM, & ETL listed.
Suitable for continuous operation in fixtures where used.
Sound rating “A”.
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
B.
Single ballast per fixture except where multi-level switching is shown on the
drawings.
Warranty by ballast manufacturer to fixture end user: minimum 2 years nonprorated.
Ballast shall have an RFI filter on line input and shall comply with FCC Part 18
and NEMA requirements limiting EMI and RFI and shall not interfere with the
operation of other normal electrical equipment.
Ballast shall comply with ANSI standards for surge protection.
Design standard: Triad Ballastar.
Acceptable manufacturers: Advance, Valmont, Osram/Sylvania, General
Electric/Motorola.
HID
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.2
LUMINAIRES
Section 265000
UL listed.
Type as noted by fixture type.
Rated to operate at voltages within ±10% of nominal.
Provide with individual fuse for each ungrounded input conductor. Fuse size as
recommended by ballast manufacturer.
Rated for operation to -20ºF for exterior fixtures.
LAMPS
A.
All lamps of any one type shall be of the same manufacturer.
B.
All lamps shall be as recommended by the fixture manufacturer.
C.
Incandescent:
1.
2.
3.
D.
130 Volt rating if a standard catalogued item unless lamp is used in low voltage
fixture
Wattage as scheduled
Type as required for specific fixture.
Fluorescent:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
T8 triphosphor as scheduled
Full output unless scheduled otherwise
3500° Kelvin Lamp color.
Install clear lamp protection sleeves on linear T8 fluorescent lamps mounted in
turret type industrial fixtures.
T5 triphosphor as scheduled
E.
HID: Super Metal Halide, or high-pressure sodium, as scheduled.
F.
Compact Fluorescent:
1.
G.
3500° Kelvin
Acceptable manufacturers:
1.
FMD NO. 1310234
GE
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.
3.
2.3
Housing
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
C.
All steel parts shall be painted after fabrication with a minimum 90% reflective
paint.
The housing for a fixture with parabolic louvers shall be a minimum of 5½” deep.
The housing for a fixture with lens shall be a minimum of 4½” deep.
3-lamp fixtures with 18-cell parabolic louver shall have two ballast covers for use
with multi-level switch control of the inner lamps separate from the outer lamps.
Parabolic Louvers
1.
2.
3.
The finish shall be silver, semi-specular, and low-iridescent.
The louver shall be a minimum 3” deep.
The louver shall be hinged and secured to the housing with reversible cam-action
latches.
Lens
1.
2.
3.
The lens shall be a minimum of 1/8” thick, and shall be pattern A-12.
The lens frame shall be regressed aluminum, hinged and secured to the housing
with reversible cam-action latches.
Submit a 4” x 4” sample of lens with submittals.
RECESSED DOWN LIGHTS
A.
2.5
Osram/Sylvania
Philips
TROFFERS
A.
2.4
LUMINAIRES
Section 265000
Reflector cones shall be one-piece, self-flanged.
POLES, POLE MOUNTED FIXTURES, BOLLARDS, WALL MOUNTED AREA LIGHTS
A.
Fixture and Bollard Finish
1.
2.
B.
Powder coating, 5mil minimum thickness
Color as selected by architect
Area Lighting Poles:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
FMD NO. 1310234
Aluminum square non-tapered pole with finish as scheduled.
Constructed of seamless 6063 alloy aluminum tubing with internal vibration
damper.
With galvanized anchor bolts and hardware.
With handhole at base and ground lug accessible through handhole.
With anchor bolt cover with finish on all surfaces identical to pole finish.
Wind rating: 100 MPH when supporting scheduled fixtures.
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
C.
2.6
2.7
2.8
LUMINAIRES
Section 265000
Provide in-line, waterproof disconnecting fuse holders at each pole at handhole with
fuses sized at 300% of ballast line amps.
FIXTURES SUSPENDED WITH AIRCRAFT CABLE
A.
The fixture manufacturer shall provide the field adjustable, 1/16”, galvanized, steel aircraft
cable.
B.
Provide cable length as required to mount the fixture at the height shown on the drawings
measured to the top of the fixture.
C.
In areas with finished ceiling, the aircraft cable shall be supported with a ¼ - 20 threaded
rod anchored in/to the structure and extended ¾” below the finished ceiling.
D.
The fixtures shall be supported at a maximum of 8’-0” centers.
FIXTURE TYPES:
A.
As scheduled on the drawings.
B.
All downlights shall be by the same manufacturer.
C.
All parabolic fluorescent troffers shall be by the same manufacturer.
D.
All direct/indirect and indirect suspended fixtures shall be by the same manufacturer.
FIXTURE TYPES WITH AN EMERGENCY BALLAST:
A.
Emergency lighting shall be provided by using a standard fluorescent fixture equipped
with emergency ballast. This emergency ballast shall consist of a field-replaceable, hightemperature, maintenance-free nickel-cadmium battery, charger and electronic circuitry
contained in one metal case with a 2’ length of flexible conduit.
B.
A solid-state charging indicator light to monitor the charger and battery, a single-pole test
switch and installation hardware shall be provided.
C.
The emergency ballast shall be capable of operating all fluorescent lamps within the
fixture at the minimum lumens initial output listed below for a minimum of 90 minutes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1 Linear fluorescent lamp a minimum of 2250 to 3000 lumens.
2 Linear fluorescent lamps a minimum of 1375 to 1500 lumens per lamp.
3 Linear fluorescent lamps a minimum of 1083 to 1133 lumens per lamp.
1 Compact fluorescent lamp a minimum of 350 to 750 lumens.
2 Compact fluorescent lamps a minimum of 212 lumens to 375 lumens per lamp.
D.
The emergency ballast shall be suitable for indoor locations.
E.
The emergency ballast shall have 8 Watts maximum of input power and a 57.6 Watt-hour
battery capacity and shall exceed emergency standards set forth by the current NEC.
FMD NO. 1310234
5
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
F.
LUMINAIRES
Section 265000
The emergency ballast shall be U.L. listed for installation on top of or remote from the
fixture and shall be warranted for a full five years from date of purchase.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
LOCATION
A.
3.2
3.3
The exact location of all fixtures in finished areas shall be as shown on the reflected
ceiling plans. If the location shown on the reflected ceiling plan for a fixture differs from
the location shown on the electrical plans, the fixture shall be installed as shown on the
reflected ceiling plan. In utility and mechanical rooms the contractor shall adjust the
location and mounting height of the indicated fixtures for best coordination with the work
of other trades.
INSTALLATION
A.
Fluorescent fixtures with steel housings shall not be installed in direct contact with
concrete structure, but shall be held off of the structure at least ½ inch with approved
spacers.
B.
All wire run into fluorescent or HID fixture housings or raceway shall be minimum 90ºC
rated, Type THHN/THWN. Wiring run into incandescent fixture housings shall be 150ºC
rated, Type SFF, or better.
C.
Flexible conduit connections to recessed fixtures shall be (6) ft. lengths of 3/8-inch steel
flex with flex connectors as specified in the “Basic Materials and Methods” section. The
flexible connections shall contain stranded conductors, AWG #14 minimum, Type THWN,
with a separate grounding conductor bonded securely to the fixture housing.
D.
Flexible conduit connections to recessed fixtures located in accessible ceilings shall be
installed such that each fixture can be relocated (1) ceiling tile space in any direction.
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
A.
Refer to Section 260548 - Seismic Restraints, for additional support and anchor
requirements.
B.
Fixtures shall not be supported from ducts or piping of other trades without the approval
of the architect.
C.
Recessed fixtures not designed to lay-in a ceiling grid, and suspended fixtures, shall be
supported by a threaded rod dropped from approved channels or brackets transmitting
the fixture weight to the building structure. If the fixture is outlet box mounted, the box
shall be supported in the same manner.
D.
Provide (4) clips with each lay-in type fixture anchoring the fixture to its supporting grid
members.
FMD NO. 1310234
6
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
E.
3.4
LUMINAIRES
Section 265000
Hardware and unpainted metal used for mounting of exterior fixtures shall
electrogalvanized.
ACCEPTANCE
A.
Incandescent fixtures used for construction lighting shall be provided with new lamps
prior to final acceptance.
B.
Adjust locations of fixtures shown in mechanical equipment rooms to best suit the actual
conditions based on final placement of equipment of other trades. Install in a manner and
location to obtain optimum illumination.
C.
Target and focus adjustable fixtures in the presence of the Consultant.
D.
Noisy ballasts shall be considered defective and shall be replaced.
E.
All fixtures trims shall be free of light leaks as viewed from the occupied space. Suitably
seal around trims to eliminate any light leakage around downlight trims and fluorescent
fixtures. Louvers and lens shall be clean and free from fingerprints, dust, and physical
damage.
END OF SECTION
FMD NO. 1310234
7
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Section 283100
SECTION 283100
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
1.2
1.3
1.4
All components provided for modification of the existing system shall be compatible with
and designed for use with the existing system.
SCOPE
A.
All of the products described by this section shall be manufactured by a single U.S.
manufacturer and furnished by the manufacturer or authorized representative.
B.
The installing company shall employ NICET (minimum Level II Fire Alarm Technology)
technicians on site to guide the final checkout and to ensure the system integrity.
C.
The drawings are schematic in nature. The manufacturer’s listed device spacing
requirements and applicable code requirements shall be maintained at all times.
CODES AND STANDARDS
A.
The fire alarm system specified in this section shall be in accordance with the National
Fire alarm Code (NFPA 72), the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) and the Life Safety
Code (NFPA 101).
B.
The fire alarm system and installation shall comply with provisions of UL safety standards
pertaining to fire alarm systems. All products and components shall be UL listed and/or
labeled.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submittals shall be prepared by the system manufacturer or authorized representative.
Six copies of all submittals shall be submitted to the Engineer for review.
B.
Submittals should include technical product data including specifications and installation
instructions for each type of component, control panel elevations, system point-to-point
wiring diagrams, termination details, and battery capacity calculations.
C.
Submittals shall include sufficient information to determine compliance with drawings and
specifications.
D.
All substitute equipment proposed as equal to the equipment specified herein, shall meet
or exceed the following standards. For equipment other than that specified, the
contractor shall supply proof that substitute equipment equals or exceeds the standards
of the specified equipment.
FMD NO. 1310234
1
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
E.
1.5
1.6
1.7
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Section 283100
Submit a software copy of all point-to-point wiring diagrams on a CD in ‘DXF’ or latest
AutoCAD version format.
MANUALS
A.
Complete operating and maintenance manuals shall be submitted with the shop
drawings.
B.
Manuals shall include wiring diagrams indicating internal wiring for each component and
the interconnections between components.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
Handle fire alarm equipment carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scoring. Do not
install damaged equipment or components.
B.
Store fire alarm equipment in a clean, dry place.
construction debris, and physical damage.
Protect from weather, dirt, water,
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
The vendor shall be Safety Service of Georgia, as previously selected and approved by
UGA FMD. The contact information is as follows:
1.
Safety Service of Georgia
985 West Broad Street
Athens, GA 30601
Office: (706) 548-4161
B.
The vendor of the system shall currently maintain a locally run business for a minimum of
five years and shall be an authorized distributor of the supplied equipment with full
warranty privileges.
C.
The vendor shall maintain at his facility the necessary spare parts in the proper proportion
as recommended by the equipment manufacturer to maintain and service the equipment
being supplied. This facility shall be available for inspection by the engineer.
D.
The supplying vendor shall have attended the manufacturer's installation and service
school.
E.
The vendor shall furnish manufacturer's manuals of the completed system including
individual specification sheets, schematics, inter-panel and intra-panel wiring diagrams.
In addition, all information necessary for the proper operation of the system must be
included. Any bidder using other than the specified equipment must provide this
information prior to bidding.
F.
As built drawings that include any changes to wiring, wiring designations, junction box
labeling and any other pertinent information shall be supplied upon completion of project.
FMD NO. 1310234
2
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.8
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Section 283100
SOFTWARE MODIFICATIONS
A.
All system modifications, changes, or upgrades shall be performed by a factory trained
and certified technician.
B.
All hardware, software, tools and documentation necessary to modify the fire alarm
system on site shall be provided as part of this contract. Modification of software shall not
require power-down of the system or loss of facility fire protection while modifications are
being made.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL – GENERAL
A.
All equipment and components shall be new and the manufacturer’s current model. The
devices, components, appliances and equipment shall be tested and listed by a nationally
recognized approval agency for use as part of a protected premise protective signaling
system.
B.
All equipment and components shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
CONDUIT AND WIRE
A.
Conduit
1.
2.
3.
B.
Wire
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.3
Conduit shall be installed and sized in accordance with the National Electrical
Code (NEC), state and local requirements.
All wiring shall be installed in conduit or raceway
Conduit shall be ½” minimum.
All fire alarm system wiring shall be new.
Wiring shall be in accordance with the NEC, state and local codes and as
recommended by the fire alarm system manufacturer. Number and size of
conductors shall be as recommended by the system manufacturer, but shall not
be less than 18 AWG for initiating device circuits and signaling line circuits, and
14 AWG for notification appliance circuits.
All wire and cable shall be listed and approved by a recognized testing agency for
use with a protective signaling system.
Wire and cable not installed in conduit shall have a fire resistance rating suitable
for the installation as indicated in the NEC.
SECONDARY POWER SUPPLY
A.
Batteries shall be 12 volt, Gel-Cell type.
B.
Batteries shall have sufficient capacity to power the fire alarm system for not less than 24
hours of standby plus 10 minutes of alarm upon a normal AC power failure.
FMD NO. 1310234
3
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
2.4
C.
Batteries shall have a 25% capacity safety factor.
D.
Batteries are to be completely maintenance free.
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A.
Duct Smoke Detectors
1.
2.
B.
The in-duct smoke detector housing shall accommodate an intelligent
photoelectric detector with integral auxiliary contacts.
Each in-duct smoke detector shall include air-sampling tubes installed per
manufacturer’s recommendations and NFPA 72.
Control Module (ADDRESSABLE OUTPUT DEVICE)
1.
2.
3.
2.5
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Section 283100
Addressable Control Modules shall be provided to supervise and control the
operation of the fire/smoke dampers upon alarm.
The Control Module shall mount in a standard 4-inch square, 2-1/8" deep
electrical box, or to a surface mounted backbox, or directly in the Fire Alarm
Control Panel.
The Control Module shall provide address-setting means using rotary decimal
switches or binary dip switches and shall also store an internal identifying code,
which the Control Panel shall use to identify the type of device. An LED shall be
provided which shall flash under normal conditions, indicating that the Control
Module is operational and is in regular communication with the Control Panel.
ACCEPTABLE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER
A.
Match Existing
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Installation shall be in accordance with the NEC, NFPA 72, state and local codes, as
shown on the drawings and as recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
B.
All conduit, junction boxes, conduit supports and hangers shall be concealed in finished
areas and may be exposed in unfinished areas. Smoke detectors shall not be installed
prior to the system programming and test period. If construction is ongoing during this
period, measures shall be taken to protect smoke detectors from contamination and
physical damage.
C.
All fire detection and alarm system devices, control panels and remote annunciators shall
be flush mounted when located in finished areas and may be surface mounted when
located in unfinished areas.
D.
The system shall be equipped with the following protective devices to prevent damage or
nuisance alarms by nearby lightning strikes, stray currents, or voltage transients.
FMD NO. 1310234
4
BID NO. 46214254
HVAC and Lighting Replacement for Park Hall (Bldg. No. 0056)
1.
2.
3.2
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Section 283100
On AC input: Ditek DTK-120HW or DTK 120/240CM, EFI HWM-120, Leviton
OEM-120EFI, Northern Technologies TCS-HW, Transtector ACP100BWN3, or
equal UL listed device.
Install device at the electrical panelboard and trim
excess lead lengths. Wind small coil in the branch circuit conductor just
downstream of the suppressor connection. Coil shall be 5 to 10 turns of about 1”
diameter and tie-wrapped.
On DC circuits extending outside building: Near the point of entry to the building,
provide suppressors equal to Simplex 2081-9027 and 2081-9028, Transtector
TSP8601, Ditek DTKxLVL series, Citel America B280-24V, Northern
Technologies DLP-42.
E.
Monitor, control, isolation, and other auxiliary control devices shall be located at a height
not to exceed 6’ above finished floor where possible.
F.
All addressable loop circuits shall have a minimum of 20% spare capacity for future use.
G.
There shall be no splices in the system other than at terminal blocks. Wire nuts and
crimp splices are not acceptable.
H.
All devices and appliances shall be clearly identified by addressable loop name, floor,
device type and device number as shown on drawings.
I.
High-powered audible devices shall be installed in mechanical equipment rooms and
other areas with high ambient noise levels.
ACCEPTANCE TESTS
A.
Provide the service of a competent, factory-trained engineer or technician authorized by
the system manufacturer to technically supervise and participate during all of the
adjustments and tests of the system.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Before energizing the cables and wires, check for correct connections and test for
short circuits, ground faults, continuity, and insulation.
Close each sprinkler system flow valve and verify proper supervisory alarm at the
FACP.
Verify activation of all flow switches.
Open initiating device circuits, signaling line circuits, and notification appliance
circuits to verify that the trouble signal activates.
Ground initiating device circuits, signaling line circuits, and notification appliance
circuits to verify response of trouble signals.
Check alert tone to all alarm notification appliances.
Check installation, supervision, and operation of all intelligent smoke detectors
during a walk test.
Each of the alarm conditions that the system is required to detect should be
introduced on the system. Verify the proper receipt and the proper processing of
the signal at the FACP and the correct activation of the control points.
END OF SECTION
FMD NO. 1310234
5
BID NO. 46214254